Issuu on Google+

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus 2011

Undergraduate Prospectus 2011

B84 BRUNL


2

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

General Information

Course Descriptions

Why choose Brunel?........................4

Subject areas appear in the prospectus in alphabetical order. Alternatively, you can use the colour codings to browse by School.

Teaching and Research..................6 Highly rated, flexible courses...............6 Research-led, up-tothe-minute teaching.............................8

School of Arts................................................................... 60 Drama | English | Music | Screen Media and Journalism Brunel Business School................................................... 82 School of Engineering and design

Facilities.............................................10 Modern campus facilities....................10 Comprehensive study resources......... 12 The arts................................................. 14 Brunel Sport.........................................16

Civil Engineering..................................................................... 90 Design...................................................................................... 94 Electronic and Computer Engineering................................114 Mechanical Engineering.......................................................170 Foundations of Engineering................................................ 204 School of Health Sciences and Social Care...........134

Preparing for your career...................20

School of information systems, computing and mathematics

Resources, careers advice and employability................................22

Information Systems and Computing................................. 148 Mathematics......................................................................... 160

Working while you study....................24

Foundations of Information Technology........................... 205

Work and careers..........................20

Brunel LAW School..........................................................156 Social life..........................................26

School of Social Sciences Anthropology......................................................................... 56

A Great place to live.....................28

Economics and Finance........................................................ 100

The best of city and country...............30

Politics, History and International Relations...................... 182 Psychology............................................................................. 188 Sociology and Communications...........................................192

Support and welfare....................32 Support throughout your university life.......................................32

School of Sport and education

First class accommodation..................34

Sport Sciences........................................................................198

Living on or off campus......................36

Education.............................................................................. 106

Practical support and advice..............38

Find out more

Personal support and welfare............40

Degree structure, assessment and teaching...................... 206

The Union of Brunel Students............42

Professional experience and accreditation.........................210

The Disability and Dyslexia Service....44

Financial information............................................................212

A diverse community...........................46

Applying to Brunel................................................................216

Brunel International............................48

Entry requirements................................................................218

Support for international students....50

Summary of terms................................................................ 222

Entry for international students........52

Visiting Brunel...................................................................... 224

Brunel’s financial package..................54

General index / Course index............................................... 230


3

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Open Days AND CAMPUS TOURS Full day programme Dates for students considering entry in September 2011: Friday 18 June 2010 Friday 25 June 2010 Friday 10 September 2010 Wednesday 15 September 2010 Friday 17 September 2010

REQUEST A PROSPECTUS Web Go to our homepage (www.brunel.ac.uk) and click ‘Order a prospectus’. By phone +44 (0)1895 265599

ADMISSIONS ENQUIRIES Contact the Admissions Tutor listed for your course. For general enquiries, please contact: Admissions Office Web w ww.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ ug/admissions_office Email admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Wednesday Campus Tours 1 hour tour Mid-September to late-November 2010 (excluding half-term week)

Tel +44 (0)1895 265265

INTERNATIONAL ENQUIRIES Web www.brunel.ac.uk/international Email international@brunel.ac.uk

Half-Term Campus Tours 1 hour tour Tuesday 26 October 2010 Thursday 28 October 2010

CLEARING The following will operate during the early stages of the UCAS Clearing Scheme: Web www.brunel.ac.uk/clearing Email admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Virtual Open Day Explore Virtual Brunel online at www.brunel.ac.uk/vbrunel

Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB8 3PH


4

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

Why Choose Brunel?


Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Teaching based on up-to-the-minute research.................. 6

State-of-the-art facilities for work and free time....................... 10

A focus on employability and your career.................................. 20

Diverse clubs and societies and an action-packed social life ..... 26

A friendly campus close to both city and country.................. 28

Support so you can make the most of university life.................. 32

5

Brunel’s mission...

to advance knowledge and understanding and provide society with confident, talented and versatile graduates

...demonstrates our commitment to helping you achieve your individual goals, whilst remaining engaged with the community and the world around us. Whatever your aspirations and ambitions, studying at Brunel can help you to develop the skills you need to achieve them, both during your time at university and after you graduate.


6

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

Highly rated, flexible courses


7

Brunel University

Teaching and research

The course has a diverse teaching team, who create a varying selection of modules to keep you interested...

D wain see page 71

Our high-quality courses are built around self-contained modules, which include both compulsory and optional topics. This means that, for most courses, you can tailor the content to suit your own requirements and interests. Many subjects also offer the option to incorporate modules from outside your course, for example languages or modules from other courses within your academic School.

Courses and teaching at Brunel have consistently received high ratings in national assessments, and we enjoyed considerable success in the most recent university league tables and in the National Student Survey. Subjects in the national ‘Top 10’ include:

The Guardian University Guide 2010 Design: 3rd General Engineering: 5th

The National Student Survey 2009 (drawn from final year students’ satisfaction with their course)

Design: 2nd

Sport Sciences: 10th

Biomedical Science (as part of Medical Science and Pharmacy): 4th

The Times Good University Guide 2010

The Independent Complete University Guide 2010

Design: 4th

Design: 4th Sport Sciences: 10th


8

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

Research-led, up-to-the-minute teaching


9

Brunel University

Teaching and research

We place great value on the usefulness of our research, which improves our understanding of the world around us and informs up‑to‑the‑minute teaching. The latest Research Assessment Exercise (RAE), carried out in all UK universities in 2008, judged 82% of our research to be of international standing. As a result of this success, the University secured a 54.5% increase in the level of its research funding from the Higher Education Funding Council, rising to £12.9 million for 2009/10. The higher education sector averaged an increase of just 7.8%. Our recent research projects are helping deliver solutions to global challenges, for example: • Researchers from the School of Engineering and Design helped develop one of the instruments for India’s Chandrayaan-1 lunar satellite, which found evidence of water on the moon;

The lecturers are involved in their own research across the globe, creating an inspiring atmosphere...

• UK Sport and Paralympics GB are funding an investigation into exercise performance in paralympic athletes with spinal cord injury in the School of Sport and Education; • A multidisciplinary project in the School of Health Sciences and Social Care is studying the significance of religion in young people’s lives and its importance in social and community relations.

Roxanne

All our students benefit from this focus on research: • Up-to-the-minute course content

Research informs and enhances course content and teaching. Brunel’s academics are at the forefront of their fields, so you can be confident that your course is relevant and up-to-date.

• Valuable links with employers

Research is responsible for much of our collaborative work with business, industry and the public sector. These links can provide opportunities for work experience, and demonstrate Brunel’s commitment to producing the kind of professionally-minded graduates that employers want to recruit.

• An atmosphere of innovation

Research generates a culture of intellectual endeavour among students and staff, and encourages the cross‑fertilisation of ideas and expertise for which Brunel is famous.

see page 56


10

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

Modern Campus Facilities


Brunel University

Facilities

11

Brunel’s investment in buildings and infrastructure is now approaching £300 million, with many new and refurbished social, teaching and sporting facilities, and more green spaces outside. The Schools of Health Sciences and Social Care, Engineering and Design and Business have all benefited from the addition of new, multi‑million pound buildings. In addition, the Lecture Centre has undergone an extensive renovation, with high‑tech teaching equipment and improved social and study facilities.

I decided to choose Brunel mainly because of the reputation of the course, but also because of the amazing facilities on site…

Richard see page 141

In 2009, work began on a new, £30 million flagship building at the main entrance to the University’s campus. Scheduled for completion in 2011, it will provide new teaching and research space, an auditorium and art gallery.


12

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

Comprehensive study resources


Brunel University

Facilities

13

Brunel’s study facilities can help you to achieve your potential and make the most of your degree. The Library The Brunel University Library is based in the Bannerman Centre, at the heart of the campus. Extended opening hours mean resources are available when you need them, including: • an extensive collection of books, journals and audio-visual materials; • online databases, eBooks and over 16,000 eJournals available via the Library website; • 1,200 study spaces and nearly 400 PCs, in a range of environments including group study rooms and silent study areas; • WiFi capability throughout the building; • induction sessions, information skills training and one-to-one support to help you find and use resources; • Subject Liaison Librarians who work with the academic Schools to ensure that the Library provides the resources you need.

The Computer Centre and Media Services All students use the services provided by the Computer Centre and Media Services to enhance their learning and personal development. As part of your Registration process, you will be given a username which lasts for the duration of your course. Your username and password (which you must remember and keep secure) allow access to facilities including: • PC workstations and WiFi hotspots across campus, many of which are open around the clock; • a generous filestore allocation, where you may securely keep your work; • an email account for all your University correspondence; • the University’s virtual learning environment, including online library databases; • access through a self-service portal to the Connect services, with which you may connect your own computer to the University network from your halls of residence or via a wireless connection on campus; • the Brunel intranet, which provides University news, course information and access to student support. There is also an equipment loan service for student media projects.

The International Pathways and Language Centre (IPLC) The IPLC offers a range of modern foreign language courses at a variety of levels, currently in Arabic, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Mandarin Chinese, Russian, Polish, Portuguese and Spanish. The classes are taught by qualified, native speakers, and you will receive a Certificate of Achievement upon successful completion of the course.

Without such facilities, I never would have believed I could get a First…

Jenny see page 169


14 The Arts

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life


Brunel University

Facilities

15

The Arts Centre organises classes, courses, exhibitions, concerts and productions throughout the year, and provides the space, tuition and specialist equipment required for your creative skills to flourish. • Professionally-taught classes and workshops are offered in a wide variety of the visual arts, including ceramics, painting and drawing. Classes are free once you have paid a small annual membership fee and any necessary costs for materials. • There are several student drama groups and major productions with a professional director. Auditions are open to all students. • A wide range of vocal and instrumental music groups rehearse each week under professional direction. Tuition is available and the Arts Centre organises concerts throughout the year, including performances from world‑renowned musicians as well as Brunel’s own students and staff. University Music Awards are made annually towards the cost of tuition for promising singers and instrumentalists who are not taking music performance as part of their academic course. Auditions are held at the beginning of each academic year. For further details, email the Arts Centre at artscentre@brunel.ac.uk.

Amazing in every way, with their vast range of art, drama and music courses, the staff at the Arts Centre are on hand to help ease you into Brunel life…

Raevennan see page 73

The School of Arts also runs music groups, that are open to all members of the University. (Auditions may be required for some ensembles.)


16 Brunel Sport

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life


Brunel University

Facilities

17

Sport is an important part of Brunel life, and students of all abilities, from complete beginners to elite athletes, are encouraged to make the most of our world-class facilities. Indoor facilities • Brunel’s state-of-the-art Indoor Athletics Centre includes a 132m sprint and hurdles straight, full provision for jumps and throws and a large strength and conditioning area. The Centre also brings together sports medics, scientists, coaches and performance management staff on one site. • The fitness suite and gym offer over 70 state-of-the-art cardiovascular and resistance stations, as well as a ‘free weight’ strength training room. • There are two large sports halls and four squash courts, and fitness classes such as yoga, pilates, spinning and dance take place in the exercise studio. • Our climbing wall was rated by the British Mountaineering Council as one of the best in the country.

Outdoor facilities • Athletics facilities include a floodlit six-lane 400m track and full field events provision, with a Sports Pavilion for changing and hospitality. • Floodlit sand-dressed, artificial 3G and natural grass pitches (including a range of grass pitches for rugby and football), as well as tennis and netball courts, are available for training, competition and recreational use.

Sports scholarships Sports scholarships are designed to benefit elite performance athletes by supporting their academic study and sporting commitments simultaneously. They include: • a financial award and assistance with competition expenses; • on-campus accommodation next to the sports facilities; • mentoring support on balancing study with training; • free use of sports facilities, including the Indoor Athletics Centre; For further information on sports scholarships, please email details of your sporting performance and state the course for which you are applying to sports-scholarships@brunel.ac.uk.

A £25 million leisure complex, including an Olympic standard 50m swimming pool, is due to open early in 2010, nearby in Uxbridge.


18

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

world class sport at brunel


19

Brunel University

Facilities

In 2009 Brunel played host to one of the biggest stars in world sport, triple world and Olympic sprint champion Usain Bolt, as he prepared for the World Athletics Championships in Berlin. Bolt and his club teammates used the world class indoor and outdoor athletics facilities for five weeks, during which time some of Brunel’s aspiring sprinters got the chance to meet the great man in person.

We were also proud to welcome double Olympic gold medallist Dame Kelly Holmes to Brunel to receive an honorary degree and share the secrets of her success, along with heptathlon medallist and former Brunel student Kelly Sotherton.

Student successes There were impressive successes for our sports scholars on the international stage in 2009: •

Four students and graduates contributed to the England women’s football team reaching the final of Euro 2009, including star striker and 2008 Law graduate Eniola Aluko;

In rowing, Rachael Jefferies won a gold medal in the women’s Eight at the World Under 23 Championships;

Sprinters Joey Duck, Lucy Sargent and Rion Pierre won 4 x 100m relay gold medals in the European Under 23 Athletics Championships. Rion also won a bronze medal in the 100m and Perri Shakes-Drayton won the 400m hurdles.

On the national stage, several Brunel teams enjoyed victory at their respective British University Championships (BUCS): •

Both Brunel’s men’s and women’s teams were crowned indoor athletics champions, and the Brunel team won 15 medals in the outdoor championships;

The Brunel Olympic Weightlifting Club won the first ever BUCS competition in their sport;

Brunel’s karate team won 16 medals and were crowned Overall Team of the Year.

Brunel University is committed to making the most of the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic games for our students. 2012 will be an exciting year of sporting and cultural celebration on campus, including: • student-led activities; • seminars and debates with world class athletes, coaches, sports scientists and sports management professionals; • cultural activities; • volunteering and work placement opportunities for students; • opportunities to help visiting international teams with their arrangements; • opportunities to work with leading businesses in delivering their 2012-related activities; • sports events on campus for the local community; • opportunities to work with local schools to deliver Olympic-related cultural activities.


20

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/pcc

Preparing for your career


Brunel University

Work and careers

21

One of Brunel’s most distinctive features is our commitment to incorporating extensive periods of work experience – sandwich placements – into many of our courses. Four-year sandwich courses help students to develop the practical knowledge and skills required to succeed in the competitive graduate job market. You may take a one-year block of work experience (for a ‘thick‑sandwich’ course) or in some cases two six-month periods (for a ‘thin‑sandwich’ course). Placements are usually paid, which compensates for the cost of an extra year, and some students are even offered permanent employment after they graduate. There are also opportunities to study or undertake a work placement overseas. We have long‑standing exchange agreements with universities in Europe and the USA, while some European work placements have led to our graduates being offered employment by international companies. Each academic School has a dedicated placement officer in the Placement and Careers Centre who understands the industry and has long‑established links with employers. Students have been placed in leading investment banks, IT firms, media and software companies, public sector organisations and charities.

The placement scheme proved invaluable as the experience I gained there will set me ahead of other graduates…

Bedir (pictured left) see page 91


22

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/pcc

resources, careers advice and employability


Brunel University

Work and careers

Brunel has provided a gateway for my career development…

Holly see page 131

23

Brunel’s focus on jobs and employability means that our graduates have the skills and information they need to compete for the jobs they want.

Brunel graduates enjoy the 13th highest starting salaries in the UK, according to the most recent Sunday Times Good University Guide. Their average salary of £22,323 is almost £3,000 more than the national average (according to www.prospects.ac.uk, the official UK graduate careers website).

Careers advice and opportunities are co-ordinated by the Placement and Careers Centre (PCC). With an extensive careers library and interactive online service, a major autumn careers fair, regular workshops, employer presentations and subject-specific “Careers Uncovered” events, you can make informed decisions from your first year onwards. Local, national and international recruiters target Brunel and there are typically over 1,000 employers advertising with us at any one time.

Professional mentoring for Brunel undergraduates began more than six years ago with the National Mentoring Consortium programme for Black and Asian students, before expanding to include other students under-represented in higher education, for example students with disabilities, care-leavers and students first in their family to attend university. Students are matched with mentors from the public and private sector and, in regular meetings at the mentor’s place of work, they work towards personal and professional goals and graduate level employment.

Some courses have official ‘seals of approval’ in the form of accreditation by relevant professional institutions. Check the course descriptions (from page 56 onwards) to see if this could apply to you.

78% of firms surveyed by the CBI in 2009* stated that employability skills developed during industrial placements or other relevant work experience are the top priority for employment in business. * Firms were surveyed for the report entitled Future fit: preparing graduates for the world of work, March 2009.


24

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/pcc

Working while you study


25

Brunel University

Work and careers

Adam Sumar, a Business and Management (Accounting) student, won the 2009 National Student Employee of the Year Award. Adam won the award for successfully combining his role as a Student Ambassador with volunteering for the St John Ambulance, all while studying for his degree!

At Brunel, we understand that you may well need to work while you study, both to ease financial worries and to develop your skills. The Job Shop, part of the Placement and Careers Centre, helps hundreds of students to find part-time and vacation work. There are plenty of high‑quality vacancies on campus, in the local area, and further afield. Last year, students collectively earned over £500,000 from on‑campus jobs alone!

Worried about finance, I got a job on campus. This was great since the job was on my door step – I could work whatever hours suited me and more importantly the pay was good!

Misbah

see page 167

Brunel Volunteers co-ordinates volunteering opportunities for students who want to improve their skills and employability.


26

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

A Buzzing Social Life


Brunel University

Social life

27

University is about more than just studying. Social life on campus revolves around the Students’ Union, whose student-elected staff help provide you with the best possible experience. Brunel’s modern facilities, bars, refectory, shops, café, central atrium and refurbished nightclub provide the perfect setting for a night out, trying new activities or relaxing after lectures. The Union is proud of the diversity of clubs and societies that you can join and even help run – everything from Animé Society to Snow Club. If your interests are not represented, we’ll help you start your own group. Brunel’s nightclub, the Academy, caters to all musical tastes. The Futureheads, the Holloways, the Metros and Wheatus have all played at the Academy in the past year, with DJ sets from Westwood, Trevor Nelson, Hed Kandi and Pendulum. Our urban scene attracts some of the best talent in London. You can also check out up-and-coming comedians, hone your karaoke and pub quiz skills and organise your own themed society nights.

Student media The Union keeps you up-to-date with what’s happening through its free student magazine, the student radio station and the Union website. They are always on the lookout for fresh journalists, designers and DJs to contribute and keep things running.

I have developed a number of skills at Brunel, such as being able to manage a heavy workload along with a part-time job and a social life!

Kiroulus see page 156

For more information about the Students’ Union, see pages 42 to 43.


28

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

A great place to live


Brunel University

A great place to live

29

Brunel is a campus-based university, so virtually everything you need is within moments of where you live and study. You are never more than 10 minutes away from the halls of residence, catering, social and sports facilities, lecture theatres, Library, Computer Centre or welfare services. Brunel boasts the kind of welcoming atmosphere that so many other universities lack. The campus environment has a relaxed atmosphere, and helps create a strong student community that flourishes as a result of living, studying and socialising in one location. Striking 1960s architecture sits alongside outstanding modern designs, offset by gardens and interconnecting pathways.

The campus is so vibrant and there is such a rich selection of clubs and societies here that it is difficult not to get involved!

Safa see page 182


30

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

the best of city and country


31

Brunel University

A great place to live

Brunel is located in Uxbridge, a compact and friendly town on the edge of West London. Uxbridge town centre is just a 20-minute walk or short bus‑ride from the heart of the campus, and is packed with more than 300 shops, a multiplex cinema, two shopping malls, dozens of bars and restaurants and a £3 million nightclub which runs a number of very popular student nights.

The countryside on your doorstep One of Brunel’s best-kept secrets is its proximity to the Grand Union Canal and to part of the Colne Valley Park, consisting of miles of woods, walkways, lakes, rivers and nature reserves, and only a 15-minute walk away.

Easy access to Central London If you want to experience one of the greatest cities in the world, but are daunted by the high cost and bustle of living there, then Brunel offers an ideal compromise. Our Greater London address means you can access the best work placements and job opportunities. Not only is London the heart of the financial, commercial and creative sectors, but international organisations such as Apple UK, Coca Cola, Parexel, Xerox, Centrica, Hasbro, BT and GlaxoSmithKline are based in and around Uxbridge. You will also benefit from receiving a London-weighted maintenance loan without the burden of central London living costs. Travelling from London to Uxbridge is very straightforward – the town is at the end of the Metropolitan and Piccadilly lines on the London Underground, and overground trains from West Drayton (a short bus‑ride from campus) take you to Paddington in just 20 minutes.

The fact that Brunel is so close to London was very important to me, as it meant I was living in the capital, but could still escape to the quiet life in Uxbridge when necessary…

Jo e see page 125


32

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

Support throughout your University life


Brunel University

Support and welfare

33

For many students, university will offer a first true taste of independence. You have to handle your own finances, organise your own workload, and find somewhere to live. Whatever your background – from students getting used to a new country and culture to those living at home while they study – you may find that becoming an undergraduate throws up a lot of questions. Throughout your course, you will have access to all the support you need to manage academic, financial, employment-related, administrative, legal, pastoral and accommodation issues. Just before you arrive at Brunel, you will be sent a “Getting Started” booklet containing information on everything you need to know about our support services, learning resources and facilities. You will also be provided with computer access details for all the University’s services and virtual learning environment, through your own student portal.

Brunel’s Commitment to Care Leavers The Frank Buttle Trust Quality Mark was set up to recognise Higher Education institutions that go the extra mile to support students who have been in public care. Brunel’s Commitment to Care Leavers aims to assist care leavers with the university application process and to support them on entry by providing, among other things: a bespoke induction session; a named, single point of contact; year-round on‑campus accommodation, if required; and the opportunity to apply for a professional mentor in Level 2 or 3.

Above all, I am impressed at how Brunel aims to help students from all backgrounds to achieve their full potential…

Amanda see page 193


34

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

First class accommodation


Brunel University

Support and welfare

35

Our halls of residence are some of the best value you can find in the South East and London area – very few universities offer the same high‑quality facilities across the entire range of their accommodation. Our 4,500 rooms are divided into 34 halls of residence, over three‑quarters of which have been constructed within the last five years in a £48 million redevelopment programme. • Accommodation is guaranteed for all new UCAS main scheme first year undergraduates, including those from the local area. • All our halls are on campus, meaning you are never more than 10 minutes away from the teaching, social and sporting facilities. • Most rooms are en suite, but you can also choose our recently‑refurbished standard halls – great for students who prefer to share facilities. • All our rooms are single, so you won’t need to share, although studio flats are also available for co-habiting couples. We strongly recommend that you live on campus in your first year, to make the most of what university life has to offer. All you need to do is indicate when choosing Brunel on your UCAS form that you will not be living at home. If you are offered a place on a course, the Accommodation Office will contact you with further details.

Living in halls is extremely convenient. With all the services available on campus, everything you could possibly want or need is at your fingertips.

Pu j a

Rent for 2009/10 (check the web for the latest rates) • En suite rooms laid out in flats: £105 per week • En suite rooms laid out on corridors: £102.97 per week • Standard rooms: £84.49 per week • Studio flats in the Isambard Complex: £157.01 per week (available to co-habiting couples only) Your lease period is 36 weeks, including the Christmas and Easter vacations.

View the accommodation video at www.brunel.ac.uk/life/accommodation/video.

Residences Student Mentor for Mill, Fleming and Galbraith Halls


36

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

Living on or off campus


Brunel University

Support and welfare

37

Not only is our accommodation good value and high quality, it also benefits from the highest standards of service. For the past five years, Brunel Residential, Catering and Conference Services have received ‘Hospitality Assured’ accreditation for their commitment to excellent customer service. Rooms and flats are fully furnished, and you can access the internet in all rooms via the free network connection (subject to restrictions)*. Heating, lighting, water and standard insurance are all included in your rent. Specially-adapted rooms are available for students with disabilities – for more information, see page 44-45.

What if I want to live off-campus? Brunel’s Off-Campus Housing Office can give help and advice about renting in the private sector, and there are various options available depending on your requirements. • Via the Head Leasing Scheme, the Housing Office rents a property from a local landlord and then rents it on to a group of students. • Private landlords advertise properties through the Housing Office, and these have to meet minimum basic requirements and provide the required certification before they can be advertised. Most are also inspected by a member of the team. • For those who are looking on their own, there are rooms with resident landlords or with other students, who place advertising cards on our notice board looking for housemates.

Residences Student Mentors and Senior Mentors are employed by the University to support and advise new resident students and to promote a sense of community within the University.

Average rents for the area are within the region of £75 to £100 per week for a room. For more information on living off campus check the web at www.brunel.ac.uk/life/accommodation/offcampus.

Food and catering All halls are self-catering, with spacious, well-equipped kitchens. There are also many food outlets across campus. The main campus refectory, the More Foodhall, is open throughout the day and serves staples such as soup, sandwiches, jacket potatoes and salads, as well as Indian, Thai, Chinese, Italian and British dishes. All meat is Halal‑approved and there are plenty of vegetarian options. To help manage your food budget, you can buy a meal voucher package for use in the main food outlets. Each voucher is currently redeemable to the value of £5.75 of food or non‑alcoholic drinks, and they come in packages of 50 or 100 vouchers, for extra savings (check the web at www.brunel.ac.uk/catering for the latest rates).

* Please note that this connection is not comparable to a home broadband service.


38

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

Practical support and advice


Brunel University

Support and welfare

39

Practical support and advice are freely available to all Brunel students, no matter what the problem may be. Support within your School When you arrive at Brunel you will be assigned at least one personal tutor from your academic School, who will be your main point of contact for academic matters, such as module choices and work placements. As you settle in, you will develop many other networks and contacts who will continue to support your academic development. Many Schools organise social events to help you get to know them and each other.

The Student Centre The Student Centre, based at the heart of the campus, is available to provide advice and support throughout your time at Brunel. Student advisers can help with a wide variety of administrative enquiries including: enrolment; student records; finance; fees and funding; student letters; visa applications; general accommodation information; module selection; graduation enquiries; and student ID cards.

There was never a time when I was unable to turn to someone for help or advice; everybody is so friendly, approachable and smart‌

The Advice and Representation Centre (ARC) The ARC, part of the Students’ Union, is staffed by professional advisers and offers information, advice and representation on legal issues such as housing, employment, money, benefits and finance as well as University-related issues. The ARC is independent, free and confidential and holds the Community Legal Service Quality Mark.

Support for studying and learning The Academic Skills service (ASK) specialises in teaching you the skills you need to learn independently and thrive academically throughout your time at Brunel. Whether it’s advice on researching, planning and writing assignments, giving presentations, time management or maths, numeracy and statistics, ASK can offer workshops, individual advice and resources. All sessions are creative, practical and related to individual academic disciplines.

Neel see page 149


40

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

Personal support and welfare


Brunel University

Support and welfare

Our medical and counselling services are available to help all students, no matter what the problem. Medical care Our on-site NHS Medical Centre can be used by any students, staff and members of the public who live within the Practice catchment area and who are registered with the Practice. The Centre is open throughout the year, with a walk-in surgery each weekday during term-time. Students who do not register will be seen in an emergency. The University does not provide dental services, so you should have a check-up before you arrive.

Counselling Counselling is free to all Brunel students. We offer emotional and personal help for any issue, such as stress, depression, relationship difficulties, bereavement and any other problem that may be getting in the way of your studies or your enjoyment of university life. Appointments and weekday afternoon drop-in sessions are available all year round, and the service is confidential unless someone is at risk of serious harm. We also have a helpline where you can leave a message, and the duty counsellor will ring you back as soon as possible. All members of the core team are professionally qualified, and all counsellors, trainees and associates work in strict accordance with the British Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy (BACP) Ethical Framework, and the Brunel University Counselling Service Code of Practice.

For information on the Disability and Dyslexia Service, see pages 44-45.

41


42

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

The union of brunel students


43

Brunel University

Support and welfare

In my first year at Brunel I wasn’t very engaged with the Union and all of the activities that it had to offer. Missing that first year of being involved is the only thing that I regret about my university life. The Union of Brunel Students is an organisation that is here to represent the needs of all Brunel students, whether it is through providing a voice for students at the highest academic level, speaking on your behalf to the local community, or providing a vast array of events and activities for you to enjoy. Brunel is full of vibrant and energetic students and we pride ourselves on being a community where everyone is free to develop within, and enjoy every aspect of, university life. So, don’t make the same mistake that I did – get involved with university life from the outset!

Natalie Foster President, Union of Brunel Students

You are encouraged to take part in University activities, organisation and decision-making at all levels. The Students’ Union The Union of Brunel Students (UBS) represents the activities and interests of all students and encourages everyone to play an active part in its affairs. You will almost certainly make use of some of the wide range of amenities and services they provide, run by an elected group of students and full-time professional staff. You may also like to get to the heart of the organisation by becoming involved in its day to day running. The Union’s income-generating services subsidise its non‑trading activities such as clubs and societies, the Advice and Representation Centre, and campaigns ranging from sexual health to alcohol awareness and crime prevention.

Influence your studies There are elected student representatives on both the governing bodies of the University – Council and Senate – and you can also be elected to academic committees and boards where you will be in a position to influence policy on modules, course structure and other academic matters. The Student Representation Unit, part of the Students’ Union, provides advice and training to enable you to make the most of these positions. Your opinions may also be sought through questionnaires on your course as a whole, on individual modules, or on the University’s services.


44

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/disability

the disability and dyslexia service


Brunel University

Support and welfare

45

Brunel University has the best university facilities for disabled students in the London area, according to a recent report by the Muscular Dystrophy Campaign. Brunel scored 94% overall (the second highest score in the UK) in the University Challenge report, which explored accessibility issues within UK universities. The undercover report was carried out by more than 100 Trailblazers, a network of young campaigners for the rights of disabled people who investigated the challenges facing disabled students applying to and studying at university. Brunel’s Disability and Dyslexia Service (DDS) has worked exceptionally hard over the last few years to ensure the University provides the best support service possible. This isn’t the first accolade the Service has received: last year the team were also the recipients of the Times Higher Education Award for Outstanding Support for Disabled Students. The DDS works to support and advise all disabled students, including students with dyslexia and other specific learning difficulties, mental health disorders, mobility and sensory impairments and unseen disabilities such as epilepsy, diabetes, arthritis and RSI. A wealth of specialist resources, knowledge and practical support are available: • an Assistive Technology Centre (ATC) providing up-to-date specialist technology, training and support; • screenings and diagnostic assessments for specific learning difficulties; • one-to-one tuition for students with specific learning difficulties; • on-site needs assessments and IT training at the West London Assessment Centre (WLAC); • a loan bank of equipment including digital recorders, assistive listening devices and laptops; • provision of note takers, communicators and other support workers; • support groups and student mentoring programmes; • extra time in exams and extended library loans; • accommodation services, including fully automated access for wheelchair users, rooms with adapted en suites and kitchen facilities, including grab rails, lowered work surfaces and deaf alerter alarm systems, and accommodation for students attending Brunel with carers.

The DDS is a confidential service – details are only passed on with your consent. To find out more about services for students with disabilities, meet a member of the DDS or have a tour around campus, please email us at disability@brunel.ac.uk.


46

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/life

A diverse community


Brunel University

Support and welfare

47

Brunel’s students come from a variety of religious and non-religious backgrounds. We positively celebrate the richness that this diversity brings to our community. Faith and religion Student societies represent many world religions and Christian, Hindu and Muslim chaplains are based at the Meeting House. The chaplains have contact with representatives from other faith communities, and can provide information on local places of worship. They seek to be a spiritual and pastoral resource to the whole University, whether you are from a religious background or not, and at least one is available on campus from Monday to Friday. There is a weekly programme of worship and discussion, and student religious groups use the Meeting House for worship, prayer, meetings and quiet reflection. You are welcome to make use of the Meeting House at any time, to relax, use the quiet room or find a place to study.

Widening Participation Brunel has a longstanding and highly successful Widening Participation (WP) strategy which aims to attract young people from non-traditional backgrounds to aspire to, enter and succeed at university. Brunel students are invited to assist the WP team by becoming WP Ambassadors, working with visiting groups of school and college students on campus or in their own institutions. The WP team also offers support to WP undergraduates through induction events and professional mentoring schemes.

My student colleagues represent a diverse and interesting group, not only in terms of their backgrounds and individual challenges, but also in relation to their insights from their own work and life experiences‌

Winston See page 145


48

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/international

Brunel International


Brunel University

Support and welfare

49

Brunel is proud to be home to over 2,500 international students from over 110 different countries who play an essential part in creating our diverse and cosmopolitan university. Brunel International, a dedicated international student centre within the University, offers a range of services to help international students, from the initial enquiry until graduation. Through their work and the broad perspective of Brunel’s academic programmes, we continue to offer a global experience for all our students. Our proximity to London, one of the world’s most multicultural cities, is combined with a friendly campus environment with guaranteed accommodation in your first year. In addition, London’s main international airport, Heathrow, is only 15 minutes away by car.

Brunel was a firm choice because of its multicultural diversity and high teaching standards…

Yaw See page 82


50

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/international

support for international students


Brunel University

Support and welfare

51

Brunel International is here to help during every stage of your life and studies at Brunel As well as access to the resources available to all our students, such as state-of-the-art study facilities, careers advice, a multi‑faith meeting house and personal, practical and study support, international students can also benefit from a range of other support services: • pre-departure and arrival information; • a ‘Meet and Greet’ service from London Heathrow airport; • a tailor-made international student orientation programme; • a range of day trips to places of interest in the UK; • the Host Programme, which gives students the opportunity to spend a weekend in the home of a British family, learning about the UK way of life; • an active International Student Society; • support and advice throughout the year from trained support staff; • advice for you and your family on the UK’s immigration scheme.

The application process All applicants, including those from overseas, should apply through the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS) and must prove their proficiency in the English language. More information about UCAS is provided on page 216‑217. If you need extra support or advice in completing your UCAS application form, you may wish to contact UCAS directly or the British Council in your home country (see www.britishcouncil.org).

I have had the opportunity to meet and befriend a diverse range of individuals. In my second year I acted as Liaison Officer for the African Caribbean Society…

In addition, Brunel has a number of representatives throughout the world who can assist with the application process. Further details can be found on the Brunel International web pages (www.brunel.ac.uk/international).

Lorraine See page 155


52

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/international

Entry for international students


Brunel University

Support and welfare

53

You may need to gain further qualifications before beginning your degree course, especially to improve your proficiency in English. Brunel offers a variety of courses to help you reach the necessary standard.

English language requirements

Foundation and Diploma Courses

The University recognises a range of qualifications – full details are available at www.brunel.ac.uk/ international/languagerequirements.

Intensive International Foundation for Engineering (IIFE) is a full-time, 14-week course for students who would like to progress onto an undergraduate degree in the School of Engineering and Design. Successful completion of the IIFE course allows students to progress to Level 1 of an undergraduate degree programme. There is also an option to take a short English course prior to the IIFE, if you do not meet the language requirements for the programme. For more information, see www.brunel.ac.uk/international/iife, or email iplc@brunel.ac.uk.

All students will have to prove their proficiency. If your level of English does not meet the entry requirements for your particular course, you will be offered the chance to raise it to the required standard by attending one of the English language courses run by our International Pathways and Language Centre (IPLC). The IPLC provides classes and tutorials in English for Academic Purposes (EAP), helping you to improve your skills in academic writing, seminars and presentations, research, academic reading and English pronunciation and grammar. Several different high-quality courses are available, all of which are competitively priced and taught in small classes. For more information, visit the IPLC’s website at www.brunel.ac.uk/international/englishcourses. Modern foreign language courses are also available at the IPLC – see page 13 for more information.

The London International College of Business and Technology Ltd (LIBT) works in association with Brunel to offer full-fee-paying overseas students an alternative entry route into the University’s undergraduate programmes, with advanced standing. The Diploma courses in Business/Management, Information Systems/Computing and Economics/ Finance are based on, and equivalent to, Level 1 of the Brunel degrees in these subjects, and are fully recognised by the University. If you do not qualify for direct entry to the Diploma courses, you can take a Foundation or Bridging course prior to the Diploma. For more information, visit www.libt.uk.com or email libt@brunel.ac.uk.


54

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/ugfunding

Brunel’s financial package


55

Brunel University

Support and welfare

We believe that all students, no matter what their financial background, should be able to benefit from higher education. Financial information for 2011 entry was not available at the time of going to press. All information given on these pages is therefore subject to change without notice. See page 212 and check the web for updates, full details and information on eligibility for all the following opportunities. For information on fees and funding for international students, see page 214.

Tuition fees UK and EU students can apply for a Student Loan for Tuition Fees, up to the total cost of their fees. For 2010 entry, Brunel, along with most UK universities, charges tuition fees of £3,290 per year. Part-time courses, sandwich years, professional health courses and foundation years attract different rates – see page 212 for details.

Living costs All UK students can apply for a Student Loan for Maintenance of up £6,928 if you live away from home at Brunel and up to £3,838 if you live at home. This loan is means-tested, so the amount you can borrow is linked to your household circumstances. At Brunel, you will qualify for a more generous maintenance loan available to London-based students. All UK students with a household income of up to £25,000 will receive a full maintenance grant of £2,906 per year, and those whose household income is between £25,001 and £50,020 will be eligible for a partial maintenance grant. Maintenance grants are means-tested, and you will never have to pay this money back.

and £35,000; and £500 a year to part-time students in receipt of a fee grant and not on a publicly-funded course.

Brunel Scholarships Brunel’s Regional Partnership Scholarships are non‑repayable cash awards of up to £3,000, paid each year to up to 25 undergraduate students on the basis of high academic achievement. Brunel Alumni Scholarships are awards of £6,000, paid on the same basis as Regional Partnership Scholarships to the five successful applicants who achieve the highest number of UCAS tariff points. Eligible students must have attended a maintained school or college in one of the six local boroughs with whom the University operates Widening Participation partnerships, and must fulfil at least one of a set of under‑represented criteria. For eligibility and application information and a list of target schools, please check the web. Urban Scholarships are also available for students who have attended the Brunel Urban Scholars programme.

Earning while you study At Brunel, we understand that you may need to offset your university costs with part-time or vacation work. Our sandwich courses often involve paid placements, which also help you to command a higher salary after graduation. See pages 20-25 to find out about the services provided by the Placement and Careers Centre and Job Shop.

Brunel Bursaries A Brunel Bursary is a non-repayable sum of money awarded to supplement the Government’s maintenance grant. Brunel currently offers: £1,000 per year of study to students in receipt of the maximum maintenance grant or Special Support Grant; £500 a year to students in receipt of a partial grant and with a household income between £25,001

Our financial package means that around two‑thirds of all Brunel students are currently entitled to a non-repayable Bursary or Scholarship.


Anthropology

56

Brunel University

School of Social Sciences


Roxanne graduated in 2009.

Annual Intake: 44

Studying Anthropology was a straightforward choice, as I have always been fascinated by the way in which people perceive and interpret the world around them. I chose Brunel due to the opportunity it offers students to undertake an overseas placement, as well as the huge number of module choices which enabled me to tailor my education to my interests.

★★ Anthropology at Brunel is unique because it offers

Why study Anthropology at Brunel?

both a conventional three-year degree and a ‘thin‑sandwich’ four-year degree.

★★ The thin-sandwich option allows you two

15- or 22-week fieldwork placements during your studies. Many students take up such placements abroad, working with, for example, health and education research teams, NGOs and international organisations in a variety of countries, including Australia, Guam, India, Nepal and South Africa.

The most exciting thing about studying anthropology is travelling and working overseas. Reflecting back on my first placement, I was overcome with excitement about what the future might hold. Learning the theoretical element of anthropology really comes to life when you arrive in the field. I spent both of my placements in Sri Lanka at the Centre for Eco-Cultural Studies, which encourages local people to engage in eco-cultural development through research, education and community development.

★★ Our research has an international reputation, with

The quality of the teaching at Brunel is brilliant, and the lectures and seminars fire up some heated and interesting discussions! The lecturers are involved in their own research across the globe, creating an inspiring atmosphere. There is so much to get involved with, including the weekly seminar series and the anthropology society.

★★ Our courses allow students to gain a broad

After graduating I completed an internship at RedR UK, the leading training and recruitment charity working in international disaster relief. I attended some of their professional courses and gained a great insight into the humanitarian and development sector, which has prepared me to start a Master’s in Development Studies. I am looking forward to applying my anthropological knowledge in a development context.

particular expertise in child-focused anthropology, medical anthropology, anthropology of education and psychological and psychiatric anthropology. Our experience extends to many countries, including India, Africa, Mexico, southeast Asia, Papua New Guinea and Europe, as well as Britain. We have also pioneered research on ethnic minorities in the UK.

perspective on social science.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Anthropology BSc................................................................ Page 58

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Options for Honours degree combinations...................Page 59

57


UCAS CODES Anthropology BSc

Anthropology

BSc

L601 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) L602 (4 YEARS THIN-SANDWICH)

Anthropology AND SOCIOLOGY BSc LL6H (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LL63 (4 YEARS THIN-SANDWICH)

PSYCHOLOGY AND Anthropology BSc LC68 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LC6V (4 YEARS THIN-SANDWICH)

entry Requirements (Single Honours) GCE A and AS-level 350 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (Grade B in General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level) Advanced Diploma 350 tariff points in Society, Health and Development, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

COURSE CONTENT

CAREERS

Anthropology is one of the more outward-looking and cosmopolitan of the social sciences, its subject being the documentation and explanation of cultural diversity. At Brunel we also apply the ideas of anthropology to practical issues, particularly in the field of medical anthropology and in the analysis of cultural processes in Britain and Europe as a whole.

Anthropology forms a good basis for a wide variety of careers, including development work, social research and journalism.

Level 1 will give you a broad introduction to the central themes in anthropology. At Level 2, you will begin to take specialised options in the history and theory of anthropology together with modules covering such topics as ethnicity, religion, international development, sex and gender and contemporary ethnography. At Level 3, advanced options in anthropology cover topics as varied as kinship and family, medical anthropology, children, education and psychological and psychiatric anthropology.

BTEC ND DDD in a related subject Access Pass, including at least 50% of units with Merit or Distinction For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Anthropology Admissions Tutor.

58

ASSESSMENT Students are assessed using a range of methods, including coursework assignments and examinations.

WORK PLACEMENTS In addition to a range of placements similar to those for Sociology, Communication and Media Studies, you are encouraged to take up placements abroad working, for example, with research teams or in education and health facilities in developing countries. Recent destinations have included Botswana, Peru and Sri Lanka. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Introduction to Anthropology: Themes • Introduction to Anthropology: Beliefs and Institutions • Anthropology through Film • Individual and Social Processes • Research Methods Level 2 Core • Anthropology of International Development • British Ethnic Minorities • Issues in Social Anthropology • History and Theory of Social Anthropology • Ethnography of the Contemporary World

Contact Anthropology Admissions Tutor School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265456 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Level 3 Core • Major Project Level 3 Options Specific options may vary from year to year. Check the web for the latest updates. • Anthropology of the Body • Anthropology of Childhood and Youth • Anthropology of Education

• Themes in Psychological and Psychiatric Anthropology • Anthropological and Psychological Perspectives on Learning • Anthropology of the Person • Anthropology and Public Health • Anthropology of Disability and Difference • Kinship and New Directions in Anthropology

Anthropology Honours degree combinations You may combine the study of Anthropology with other subjects. The options are shown below. Bhupinder is a final year Anthropology student. COURSE CONTENT You will select course modules from those offered by each of the two subjects, and you should refer to the course content and any special entry requirements for both. In particular, you should note that you will normally be expected to attain the higher entry tariff of the two subjects. The contact for your chosen combination is shown under each course title. In addition, don’t forget to check the web page for your programme for more information and full entry requirements. ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY (BSc) Entry Requirements

Admissions Tutor (Anthropology) School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265456 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk PSYCHOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY (BSc) Entry Requirements 350 UCAS tariff points Refer to Psychology, page 190 Admissions Tutor (Anthropology) School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265456 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Anthropology ticked all the right boxes and was the way forward for me. My choice was further reinforced by knowing that Brunel’s Anthropology department is highly praised worldwide. Whilst studying, I was able to learn not just about the intricacies of other cultures and societies, but also to apply theoretical knowledge practically. The course so far has allowed me to stand on my own two feet and develop my own understanding of the world. Though I am on a full-time, three‑year course I was still able to secure small placements during my summer holidays. Most recently, I worked in rural villages in India teaching English and Hindi to children with learning disabilities. I hope eventually to specialise in public health and community development.

350 UCAS tariff points Refer to Sociology, page 196

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

59


Arts

Drama | English | Music | Screen Media and Journalism

60

Brunel University

School of Arts


Seb graduated with a degree in English and Music in 2009.

Annual Intake: 400+ Why study Arts at Brunel? ★★ According to The Guardian Good University Guide for 2010, Brunel offers one of the UK’s top 20 English courses.

When I began my English and Music degree at Brunel I was unsure which field I wanted to pursue upon graduation. During my first year, however, I worked in live music management and thanks to the support I received from the Brunel Music department I managed to work my way up to the position of Stage Manager at one of the most prestigious venues in London. I was even offered several full‑time positions with record labels for when I graduated. In my final year, however, I undertook the task of writing a joint dissertation on James Joyce and Arnold Schoenberg. I received incredible guidance from my tutors at Brunel and was subsequently awarded a University prize for the best special project in the School of Arts. This experience made me realise that I wanted to remain in academia, specialising in English. As a result, I am currently studying for a Masters in Contemporary English Literature, with a view of returning to Brunel to undertake a PhD.

★★ English has a growing international reputation centred

around the Centre for Contemporary Writing, and a flourishing creative writing scene taught by experienced staff including acclaimed authors and journalists.

★★ We are home to the Cult Film Archive, a unique and internationally recognised research-based resource, dedicated to the study of cult films.

★★ There is a rich music scene on campus with regular

performances from the likes of Gretel Dowdeswell and the Grammy award-winning Maggini Quartet, as well as by our own students. Brunel’s Ensembles-in-Association include the London Contemporary Orchestra (LCO).

★★ Brunel’s theatre research project, the Performance Initiative Network, helped a recent graduate to direct his first professional production at an acclaimed London Festival.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Modern Drama Studies BA.............................................................. Page 62 Options for Joint Honours........................................................... Page 63 Creative Writing BA.......................................................................... Page 64 Options for Joint Honours .......................................................... Page 65 English BA.......................................................................................... Page 66 Options for Joint Honours .......................................................... Page 67 Music BA............................................................................................ Page 68 Options for Joint Honours .......................................................... Page 69 Musical Composition BMus.............................................................. Page 70 Musical Performance BMus............................................................. Page 72 Sonic Arts BA..................................................................................... Page 74 Options for Joint Honours .......................................................... Page 75 Film and Television Studies BA........................................................ Page 76 Options for Joint Honours........................................................... Page 77 Games Design BA (Joint Honours only) ......................................... Page 78 Journalism BA................................................................................... Page 80

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

61


UCAS CODES Modern Drama Studies BA W400 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

DRAMA AND ENGLISH BA QW34 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

DRAMA AND FILM/TV BA W4W6 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

DRAMA AND MUSIC BA WW34 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

GAMES DESIGN AND DRAMA BA WW24 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Theatre Studies, Drama or Performing Arts at A-level (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Creative and Media, including Grade B in A-level Drama for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass in Drama, including at least 80% of units with Merit or Distinction Application statements should contain clear evidence of commitment to the particular emphases of our Drama programme For all other qualifications or combinations, contact Drama Admissions.

62

Modern Drama Studies

BA

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. COURSE CONTENT

CAREERS

Drama at Brunel has a strong practical emphasis and your theoretical, critical and historical work will focus primarily on contemporary performance. You will be introduced to a diverse range of practices and will be encouraged to develop an independent approach. You will investigate the entire spectrum of live performance, including mainstream text-based work, popular theatre, and experimental performance.

Our graduates enter a wide range of theatre and media careers, some as performers and directors, others in arts administration. We also have graduates who move into the public and private sectors, working in teaching or therapy.

All Drama students have the opportunity to cover key skill areas in performing, writing for performance, critical analysis, performance analysis, digital performance, directing and devising. For your major final year project, you select an aspect of performance for advanced practical and/or critical investigation. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a combination of coursework, projects, oral presentations, and practical work. However, continuous assessment plays a major part throughout the course. PROFESSIONAL CONTEXT Our teaching team consists of a core of full-time and parttime tutors with professional experience and is supplemented by part-time specialist tutors. There is regular contact – through visits, classes and placements – with professional practice in and around London.

TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Academic Practice • Introduction to Performance Practice (core for single honours only) • Performance Elements • Performance Production (core for single honours only) • Writing 1 • Digital Performance and Technology 1 Level 2 • Contemporary Performance Theory (core) • Directing • Experimental Performance (practical) • Writing 2 • Investigating Acting (practical) • Community Project (practical) • Digital Performance and Technology 2 Level 3 • Drama Placement (practical) • Current Issues in Performance Practice (part practical) • Contexts of Performance Practice • Professional Development • Special Project (practical or written) (core)

Contact Drama Admissions John Freeman, School of Arts Tel +44 (0)1895 266374 Email drama-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Drama

BA

Joint Honours

You may combine the study of Drama with a variety of other subjects. The options are shown below. COURSE CONTENT Each of these combinations offers opportunities to reflect on the theory and practice of dramatic performance. There are compulsory elements to the Drama programme at Levels 1 and 2 which are intended to ensure that joint honours students do not miss key elements of the programme.

Tel +44 (0)1895 267332 Email drama-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk DRAMA AND FILM/TV (BA) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Film/TV, page 76 Drama Admissions

You will select course modules from those offered by each of the two subjects, and you should refer to the course content and any special entry requirements for both subjects.

John Freeman School of Arts (Drama) Tel +44 (0)1895 267332 Email drama-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

If you are studying A-levels, you will need specific grades as follows:

DRAMA AND MUSIC (BA)

• Drama and English – B in English and in Drama or a related subject; • Drama and Games Design or Film/TV – B in Drama or a related subject; • Drama and Music – C in Music, B in Drama or a related subject. The contact for your chosen combination is shown under each course title. In addition, don’t forget to check the web page for your joint honours programme for more information and full entry requirements. DRAMA AND ENGLISH (BA) Entry Requirements 320 UCAS tariff points Refer to English, page 66 Drama Admissions

Jenny graduated in 2003 and now works as a Live Artist.

Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Music, page 68 Drama Admissions John Freeman School of Arts (Drama) Tel +44 (0)1895 267332 Email drama-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk GAMES DESIGN AND DRAMA (BA) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Games Design, page 78 Subject Leader Tanya Krzywinska School of Arts (Film/TV) Email tanya.krzywinska@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Coming from a background of contemporary dance, the Modern Drama Studies course offered me the chance to continue with physical theatre and encouraged me into the wider world of Live Art. It was at Brunel that a sense of my own styles and methodologies began to develop, which has had a direct input into the type of work that I am making today. The course gave me sound knowledge of conventional art forms and theatre practice but also introduced me to mixed media performance and installation and interdisciplinary art. It encouraged me to network with programmers/ curators, festivals, events and other Live Artists. This was invaluable to the launch of my career when leaving university, and much of the work I do now is linked to my days at Brunel. Since graduating I have been part of a multimedia Live Art company which has shown work at many different venues and festivals. I have recently begun working with community groups, offering creative workshops to women and children from a range of backgrounds, cultures, faiths, ages and circumstances.

John Freeman School of Arts (Drama)

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

63


UCAS CODES Creative Writing BA W800 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

GAMES DESIGN AND CREATIVE WRITING BA WW28 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

ENGLISH AND CREATIVE WRITING BA Q3W8 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B at A-level English (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Creative and Media, including A-level English for Additional and Specialist Learning. Extended project in a related subject preferred. IBDP 32 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass in a related subject For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor (Creative Writing).

Creative Writing

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. COURSE CONTENT This course will give you a secure foundation in the techniques of writing fiction, imaginative non-fiction such as memoir or travel writing, drama and poetry, as well as introducing you to writing as a profession. Within a sound academic environment, you will be able to develop your own creativity and explore different genres of writing under the guidance of experienced staff and practising writers. You will work within an academic discipline that specialises in contemporary literature and culture, and be part of a School dedicated to the contemporary arts. Crossdisciplinary work is encouraged. You will also benefit from contact with working writers in a friendly and supportive workshop environment. We believe that the best inspiration a writer can have is the experience of a fellow writer and so we regularly invite leading authors to talk to our students. We also work closely with agents, publishers, producers and other key industry professionals, not only to give you the best opportunity to understand the industries through which your writing will reach its audience, but also to give you the best introduction to the writing professions. In the final year, you will undertake a major writing project, which may take the form of a short story, a novel fragment, a portfolio of poems, a short play or script or a

64

BA

collection of journalism pieces, as well as a minor project in another discipline. You will also work on a critical project that supports your writing. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by essays, projects, presentations, audiovisual production and examination. CAREERS This course is an ideal foundation for those wanting a career in writing or the creative industries, or who opt to follow one of our career-focused MA programmes. Creative Writing graduates often go into publishing, journalism, television, film, business writing, public relations and teaching. The mastery of language and the ability to research topics, process information and express ideas, all of which Creative Writing confers, are highly valued by employers in many fields. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Introduction to Writing Fiction • English in Evolution • Introduction to Writing Drama • Academic Practice • Thinking About Literature • Approaches to Poetry • Approaches to the Dramatic Text Level 2 • Screenwriting • Journalism • Writing Poetry • Writing the Short Story

Contact Admissions Tutor (Creative Writing) Matt Thorne, School of Arts Tel +44 (0)1895 266248 Email english-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


• Writing the Journey • 19th Century Novel • Shakespeare • Romanticism and Revolution Level 3 • Special Project: Major • Special Project: Minor

• Writing Modern Fiction • Writing Modern Drama • Critical Perspectives • Special Author • Late 20th Century Writing • Post-Colonial Perspectives • Creative Writing and the Creative Industries

Creative Writing Joint Honours

BA

You may combine the study of Creative Writing with other subjects. The options are shown below.

COURSE CONTENT You will select course modules from those offered by each of the two subjects, and you should refer to the course content and any special entry requirements for both subjects. The contact for your chosen combination is shown under each course title. In addition, don’t forget to check the web page for more information on your joint honours programme. GAMES DESIGN AND CREATIVE WRITING (BA) Entry Requirements 320 tariff points Refer to Games Design, page 78 Subject Leader Tanya Krzywinska School of Arts Email tanya.krzywinska@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

ENGLISH AND CREATIVE WRITING (BA) Entry Requirements 320 tariff points Refer to English, page 66 English Admissions Admissions Tutor (English) School of Arts Tel +44 (0)1895 266248 Email english-admissions@ brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

As a Creative Writing student, Wayne’s work held the number one spot in the iTunes fiction chart.

I have found the Creative Writing BA at Brunel University to be an inspiration and I believe that the course can endow an aspiring writer with a fine foundation on which to build. I entered the first year hoping to acquire some background knowledge on various movements within the history of poetry. I was able to do this, but I also found a world of interest opened to me in the form of literary theory and cultural studies. The biggest surprise for me was that, at the end of my second year, one of my short stories was published in the BBC’s New Writing Audiobook series, and subsequently reached the number one spot in the iTunes fiction chart. My tutors have been extremely generous with their time and knowledge. Their investment in me has been invaluable and will no doubt be of great benefit to my future.

65


UCAS CODES English BA Q300 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

ENGLISH AND CREATIVE WRITING BA Q3W8 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

DRAMA AND ENGLISH BA QW34 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

ENGLISH AND FILM/TV BA Q3W6 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

ENGLISH AND MUSIC BA QW33 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

GAMES DESIGN AND ENGLISH BA WQ23 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B at A-level English (General Studies/ Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Creative and Media, including A-level English for Additional and Specialist Learning. Extended project in a related subject preferred. IBDP 32 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass in a related subject For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor (English).

66

English

BA

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. COURSE CONTENT This course develops your ability to read texts in increasingly complex and diverse ways. We explore literature by looking at its structures and forms as well as the varying contexts in which it is produced and read. The course spans everything from Shakespeare to Zadie Smith, Emily Brontë to Eminem. Traditional modules run alongside more innovative options covering areas such as postmodernism, popular literature, south Asian writing, women’s writing and experimental literatures. You can specialise in an area of particular interest to you or maintain a broad-based approach. Brunel has an international reputation for its teaching and research in the fields of Contemporary Literature and Creative Writing, and for its work in the areas of Renaissance Studies, Romanticism, 19th Century Literature, and Postcolonial Studies. ASSESSMENT Assessment usually takes place at the end of each term, by a combination of coursework, projects, oral presentations, examinations and, in some courses, practical work. CAREERS English is especially effective at developing the transferable skills that employers value. You may enter one of the professions associated with

English, such as journalism, publishing, teaching, the civil service or the media, but you may fit just as easily into many other career environments or go on to more advanced study in the subject. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Academic Practice • Thinking about Literature • Approaches to Poetry and Prose • Approaches to Dramatic Text • Shakespeare and his Contemporaries • Introduction to Writing Fiction • Introduction to Writing Drama Level 2 • The 19th Century Novel • Shakespeare • Romanticism and Revolution • Postcolonial Writing • The Women’s Movement • Modernism • Grand Narratives Level 3 • The Renaissance • Victorian Literature and Culture • Post-Colonial Perspectives • Late 20th Century Writing • Postmillenial Writing: British Fiction 2001 to the Present • Jane Austen and her Novels • Writing India: 1900 to the Present Day • Critical Perspectives • Special Author • Special Project • Special Topic

Contact Admissions Tutor (English) Jessica Cox, School of Arts Tel +44 (0)1895 266248 Email english-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


English

BA

Joint Honours

You may combine the study of English with a variety of other subjects. The options are shown below. COURSE CONTENT

Drama Admissions

You will select course modules from those offered by each of the two subjects, and you should refer to the course content and any special entry requirements for both subjects.

John Freeman School of Arts (Drama) Tel +44 (0)1895 267332 Email drama-admissions@ brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

If you are studying A-levels, you will need specific grades as follows:

ENGLISH AND FILM/TV (BA)

• Drama and English – B in English and in Drama or related subject; • English and Games Design or Film/TV – B in English; • English and Music – B in English, C in Music.

320 tariff points Refer to Film/TV, page 76

The contact for your chosen combination is shown under each course title. In addition, don’t forget to check the web page for more information on your joint honours programme. ENGLISH AND CREATIVE WRITING (BA) Entry Requirements 320 tariff points Refer to Creative Writing, page 64 Admissions Tutor Jessica Cox School of Arts (English) Tel +44 (0)1895 266248 Email english-admissions@ brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk DRAMA AND ENGLISH (BA) Entry Requirements 320 tariff points Refer to Drama, page 62

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Entry Requirements

Admissions Tutor Jessica Cox School of Arts (English) Tel +44 (0)1895 266248 Email english-admissions@ brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk ENGLISH AND MUSIC (BA) Entry Requirements

In 2009, Brunel played host to internationallyrenowned actor Sir Derek Jacobi (pictured above), along with Mark Rylance, the playwright, actor and first artistic director of the Globe Theatre. The pair joined Dr William Leahy, Head of the School of Arts, to discuss and elaborate on the centuries‑old question: who was Shakespeare?

320 tariff points Refer to Music, page 68 Admissions Tutor Jessica Cox School of Arts (English) Tel +44 (0)1895 266248 Email english-admissions@ brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk GAMES DESIGN AND ENGLISH (BA) Entry Requirements 320 tariff points Refer to Games Design, page 78 Subject Leader Tanya Krzywinska School of Arts Email tanya.krzywinska@ brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

67


UCAS CODES Music BA W300 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

DRAMA AND MUSIC BA WW34 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

ENGLISH AND MUSIC BA QW33 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

FILM/TV AND MUSIC BA W3W6 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

GAMES DESIGN AND MUSIC BA WW23 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

entry requirements All candidates without either Grade C at Music A-level or equivalent or Grade 8 ABRSM, LCMM or Trinity College will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application. GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including A-level Music (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Creative and Media, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points BTEC ND DDM. BTEC NC is accepted alongside other Level 3 qualifications – please contact the Admissions Tutor for more information. All BTEC candidates will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application. Access Pass in a related subject Practical ABRSM, Guildhall, LCMM or Trinity Grade 8 in an instrument or voice is normally required for performance modules. Other applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Applicants without Grade 8 may be asked to attend an interview and/or audition. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

68

Music

BA

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. COURSE CONTENT This programme is designed for students who wish to focus on the academic study of music, while retaining the freedom to pursue composition and performance. It provides a thorough knowledge of the development of Western music in the 20th and 21st centuries, informed by a broad understanding of earlier music history. It introduces important methods of analysis as well as ideas in aesthetics, music sociology and music psychology. The course requires students to explore fundamental questions about the nature and meaning of music by analysing and critiquing musical texts, and by considering their social, cultural and political contexts. In your final year you will have the opportunity to explore in depth an area of particular interest to you in the major project. Music staff have particular teaching and research strengths in contemporary musicology, composition (both acoustic and electronic), contemporary performance, jazz and the philosophy of music. ASSESSMENT Assessment methods include coursework, projects, oral presentations, practical work and some written examinations. The proportion of exam to coursework is approximately 30:70. PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE Brunel’s School of Arts and Arts Centre have a strong tradition of practical music-making and there are a number of ensembles that you can join, including the Isambard Kammer Band, Jazz Bridge, Brunel Vox and New Noise. The Arts Centre holds regular lunchtime and evening concerts featuring visiting performers, music students and staff. Music at Brunel also has associations with the London Contemporary Orchestra and Piano Circus. CAREERS A high proportion of our graduates have either progressed to postgraduate study at a university or conservatoire or have entered the music profession

Contact Admissions Tutor Colin Riley, School of Arts

Tel +44 (0)1895 266582

Email music-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


as performers, composers, teachers and technicians. Others have entered arts administration, publishing, the media and management.

• Principles of Musical Composition • Introduction to Sonic Arts • Arts Elective • Musique Concrète and Elektronische Musik

TYPICAL MODULES

Level 2 Core

Check the web for the latest updates

• Music and Perception • Music since 1900: Experiment and Tradition

Level 1 Core • Musicianship • Music since 1900: Themes and Contexts • Academic Practice Level 1 Options • Principles of Performance Practice

Music

BA

Level 2 Options • Arts Elective • Instrumentation and Orchestration • Composition for Soloist(s) • Conducting and Realisation • Improvisation • Popular Music Practice

• Solo Repertoire Development • History of Computer Music Level 3 Core • Special Project • Music since 1900: Modernism and Postmodernism • Special Topic Level 3 Options • Analysis and Sociology of Popular Music • Advanced Improvisation • Music and the Moving Image • Arts Elective • Music Journalism • Orchestral and Ensemble Composition • Extended Solo Performance

Joint Honours

You may combine the study of Music with a variety of other subjects. The options are shown below.

COURSE CONTENT

Drama Admissions

FILM/TV AND MUSIC (BA)

At Level 1, you select a total of six modules from your two subjects including the core module in Musicianship. At Levels 2 and 3, you select equal numbers of modules from each subject.

John Freeman School of Arts (Drama) Tel +44 (0)1895 267332 Email drama-admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Entry Requirements

Check the web page for your joint honours programme for full entry requirements, as each programme requires the same subject-specific qualifications as the Music BA as well as specific qualifications for the relevant second subject. DRAMA AND MUSIC (BA) Entry Requirements

ENGLISH AND MUSIC (BA) Entry Requirements 320 UCAS tariff points Refer to English, page 66 Admissions Tutor Jessica Cox School of Arts (English) Tel +44 (0)1895 266248 Email english-admissions@brunel.ac.uk

300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Drama, page 62

300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Film/TV, page 76 Admissions Tutor Xavier Mendik School of Arts (Film/TV) Tel +44 (0)1895 266879 Email ftv-admissions@brunel.ac.uk GAMES DESIGN AND MUSIC (BA) Entry Requirements 300 tariff points Refer to Games Design, page 78 Subject Leader Tanya Krzywinska School of Arts Email tanya.krzywinska@brunel.ac.uk

For information about extra‑curricular music at Brunel, see pages 14-15.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

69


UCAS CODE W302 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

Musical Composition

BMus

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements All candidates without either Grade C at Music A-level or equivalent or Grade 8 ABRSM, LCMM or Trinity College will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application. GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including A-level Music (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Creative and Media, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points. BTEC ND DDM. BTEC NC is accepted alongside other Level 3 qualifications – please contact the Admissions Tutor for more information. All BTEC candidates will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application.

COURSE CONTENT

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

This programme explores the main compositional techniques of the 20th and 21st centuries, and helps you to use this understanding in your original work. These skills will be useful for anyone wishing to be a composer, whether of concert music or for broadcast, theatre or education. You will also gain an understanding of significant developments in music from Modernism onwards, and of the broader currents in music history. There are regular opportunities to hear your work played.

The School of Arts offers several ensembles, including the Isambard Kammer Band, New Noise and Jazz Bridge. The Arts Centre also offers a range of groups, including an orchestra, and holds regular concerts featuring visiting performers, students and staff.

ASSESSMENT The proportion of exam to coursework is about 30:70. Methods include performance, coursework, demonstrations, projects and written examinations.

Access Pass in a related subject Practical ABRSM, Guildhall, LCMM or Trinity Grade 8 in an instrument or voice is normally required for performance modules. Other applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Applicants without Grade 8 may be asked to attend an interview and/or audition.

TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Musicianship • Principles of Musical Composition • Music since 1900: Themes and Contexts • Academic Practice Level 1 Options • Principles of Performance Practice • Introduction to Sonic Arts • Musique Concrète and Elektronische Musik

For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

70

Contact Admissions Tutor Colin Riley, School of Arts Tel +44 (0)1895 266582 Email music-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Level 2 Core • Instrumentation and Orchestration • Composition for Soloist(s) • Music since 1900: Experiment and Tradition Level 2 Options • Music and Perception • Popular Music Practice • Sonic Arts Project • Performance and Live Electronics • Solo Repertoire Development • Conducting and Realisation • The History of Computer Music Level 3 Core • Special Project/Dissertation • Orchestral and Ensemble Composition • Music since 1900: Modernism and Postmodernism Level 3 Options • Analysis and Sociology of Popular Music • Special Music Topic • Advanced Improvisation • Advanced Computer Music and Generative Systems • Extended Solo Performance • Music Journalism

Dwain is a final year Musical Composition student.

As a mature student, Brunel offered me a great deal of support in my first year and helped me to get back into academic learning smoothly. At the start of my second year I was confident I would do well knowing that I could always discuss my issues in learning, no matter how trivial. The course has a diverse teaching team, who create a varying selection of modules to keep you interested. I am going into my third year with great marks from the second year and high hopes for the future. My time at Brunel has really influenced my learning experiences and I am considering postgraduate courses here. The recent opening of the Antonin Artaud building has given the School of Arts even better facilities, and students now have access to more rehearsal space, a sound-proofed band room, a new studio with fitted Mac systems, and a new desk with all the buttons you could ever want! The Music department now has two Mac suites, both with up‑to-date software.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

71


UCAS CODE W312 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

Musical Performance

BMus

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements All candidates without either Grade C at Music A-level or equivalent or Grade 8 ABRSM, LCMM or Trinity College will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application. GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including A-level Music (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Creative and Media, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points BTEC ND DDM. BTEC NC is accepted alongside other Level 3 qualifications – please contact the Admissions Tutor for more information. All BTEC candidates will be required to pass a brief entrance test, details of which will be provided upon application. Access Pass in a related subject Practical ABRSM, Guildhall, LCMM or Trinity Grade 8 in an instrument or voice is normally required. Other applicants will be considered on an individual basis. Applicants without Grade 8 may be asked to attend an interview and/or audition.

COURSE CONTENT

PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE

This programme is designed for performers on any instrument or voice who have a special interest in recent and 20th Century music. It will help you to develop sensitive and imaginative approaches to musical performance informed by an awareness of historical and social context. It also helps you gain the skills and knowledge needed to pursue a career in music performance, with an emphasis on, but not limited to, music of the 20th and 21st centuries. Instrumental tuition is provided.

Brunel’s School of Arts and Arts Centre have a strong tradition of practical music-making with a number of ensembles including the Isambard Kammer Band, Jazz Bridge, Brunel Vox and New Noise. The Arts Centre holds regular concerts featuring visiting performers, students and staff. Brunel also has associations with the London Contemporary Orchestra and Piano Circus. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates

ASSESSMENT

Level 1 Core

Methods include performance, coursework, demonstrations, projects, written examination and other practical work. The proportion of exam to coursework is approximately 30:70.

• Principles of Performance Practice • Musicianship • Music since 1900: Themes and Contexts • Academic Practice Level 1 Options • Principles of Music Composition • Introduction to Sonic Art • Sonic Arts Repertoire Studies

For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

72

Contact Admissions Tutor Colin Riley, School of Arts Tel +44 (0)1895 266582 Email music-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Level 2 Core • Solo Repertoire Development • Music since 1900: Experiment and Tradition Level 2 Options • Composition for Soloists • Improvisation • Conducting and Realisation • Performance and Live Electronics • Composition for Soloists • Instrumentation and Orchestration • Popular Music Practice Level 3 Core • Special Project • Extended Solo Performance Level 3 Options • Advanced Improvisation • Analysis and Sociology of Popular Music • Special Music Topic • Music since 1900: Modernism and Postmodernism • Music and the Moving Image • Music Journalism • Orchestral and Ensemble Composition

Raevennan studies Musical Performance, and is pictured performing in Brunel’s Beldam Gallery.

Choosing to further my studies at Brunel University has proven to be a great decision. With its lively and buzzing atmosphere, you can’t help but get stuck into all Brunel has to offer. The School of Arts staff are always so happy and willing to help, and the lecturers are just stunning – always ready to assist with their invaluable knowledge and experience. With so much going on at Brunel, your first year is going to be action-packed, but make sure you don’t miss the hidden gems of the campus! The University’s Arts Centre is not to be overlooked. Amazing in every way, with their vast range of art, drama and music courses, the staff at the Arts Centre are on hand to help ease you into Brunel life. And it’s free for School of Arts students! Whatever you do, make sure you take part – Uni is what you make of it!

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

73


UCAS CODES Sonic Arts BA

Sonic Arts

BA

WJ39 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

GAMES DESIGN AND SONIC ARTS BA

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

WW2H (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Creative and Media, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass in a related subject Experience with music or sound processing software applications is desirable. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

74

COURSE CONTENT

CAREERS

This programme is designed for students who wish to extend their understanding of music technology as a creative tool. You will become familiar with a range of techniques and approaches to computer music and sonic arts, and with the history of sonic art and related traditions.

A high proportion of our graduates have either progressed to postgraduate study at a university or conservatoire or have entered the music profession as performers, composers, teachers and technicians. Others have entered arts administration, publishing, the media and management.

You do not need to have a music qualification or to read music to apply for this programme; however, a large number of options in performance, orchestration, composition and music history are available for students with appropriate musicianship skills. ASSESSMENT The proportion of exam to coursework is approximately 30:70. Assessment methods include coursework, creative portfolios, projects, written examination and other practical work.

TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Introduction to Sonic Art • Sonic Arts Computing 1 • Musique Concrète and Elektronische Musik • Academic Practice Level 1 Options • Principles of Performance Practice • Music Since 1900: Themes and Contexts • Principles of Musical Composition • Musicianship • Arts Elective

Contact Admissions Tutor Colin Riley, School of Arts Tel +44 (0)1895 266582 Email music-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Level 2 Core

Level 3 Core

• Sonic Arts Project • Sonic Arts Computing 2 • Performance and Live Electronics • History of Computer Music

• Special Project • Advanced Computer Music and Generative Systems • Acousmatic Project

Level 2 Options

• Analysis and Sociology of Popular Music • Advanced Improvisation • Music since 1900: Modernism and Postmodernism • Music and the Moving Image • Music Journalism

• Improvisation • Popular Music Practice • Solo Repertoire Development • Music and Perception • Composition for Soloists • Instrumentation and Orchestration • Music since 1900: Experiment and Tradition • Directed Ensemble Performance • Conducting and Realisation

Sonic Arts

BA

Level 3 Options

Music facilities at Brunel include a computer suite fully equipped for sound design and notation, studios for individual work, individual practice rooms and larger spaces for group rehearsals.

Joint Honours

You may combine the study of Sonic Arts with other subjects. The options are shown below.

COURSE CONTENT You will select modules from those offered by each of the two subjects, and you should refer to the course content and any special entry requirements for both. The contact for your chosen combination is shown under each course title. In addition, don’t forget to check the web page for more information on your joint honours programme.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

GAMES DESIGN AND SONIC ARTS (BA) Entry Requirements 300 tariff points Refer to Games Design, page 78 Subject Leader Tanya Krzywinska School of Arts Email tanya.krzywinska@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

75


UCAS CODES Film and Television studies BA

Film and Television Studies BA

W620 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

ENGLISH AND FILM/TV BA

COURSE CONTENT

Q3W6 (3 years full-time,

From Hong Kong cinema to Hollywood and from science fiction to documentary, Film and TV Studies at Brunel examines a wide range of recent and contemporary production for big screen and small. The course offers innovative and distinctive modules, taught by enthusiastic staff who have published widely on their subjects. New digital cameras and Avid edit suites support practical modules.

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

DRAMA AND FILM/TV BA W4W6 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

FILM/TV AND MUSIC BA W3W6 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

GAMES DESIGN AND FILM/TV BA WW26 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (General Studies/ Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Creative and Media, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass in a related subject For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

The programme offers a combination of theory and practice. Our primary purpose is to provide students with the conceptual and theoretical skills necessary to engage with and evaluate film and television and to understand how they work at aesthetic, socio-cultural and institutional levels. Individual modules focus on both mainstream and alternative examples and our range of practical modules examine the interface between theory and practice. Teaching also draws upon the unique holdings of the Cult Film Archive, an internationally-recognised resource with links to the cult film industry. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by essays, projects, presentations, audiovisual production and examination. WORK EXPERIENCE You will have the opportunity to pursue an optional work experience module relevant to your skills and interests, which

76

previous students have found very helpful when seeking employment after graduation. CAREERS Our graduates have taken up posts in the film and television industries and in other industries including journalism, publishing, research, critical writing, arts administration and programming. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Film Style (core) • Film Theory and Practice • Critical Methodologies • Television Genres • Academic Practice Level 2 • Video Production (core) • TV: Forms and Meanings • Science Fictions • New Hollywood Cinema • European Cinema • British Film and Television • Hong Kong Cinema • Screenwriting • Theorising Celebrity Level 3 • Project (core) • Documentary: Theory and Practice • Gender and Sexuality • Third Cinema • Alternative Film and Video Production • Horror • American Independent Cinema • Media Freedom and Regulation • Comedy

Contact Admissions Tutor Xavier Mendik, School of Arts Tel +44 (0)1895 266879 Email ftv-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Film and Television Studies BA Joint Honours You may combine the study of Film/TV with a variety of other subjects. The options are shown below.

COURSE CONTENT

DRAMA AND FILM/TV (BA)

The interdisciplinary nature of Film and Television Studies and the huge influence of film and television in today’s culture mean that the discipline combines well with a number of other subjects.

Entry Requirements

You will select course modules from those offered by each of the two subjects, and you should refer to the course content for both. The contact for your chosen combination is shown under each course title. In addition, don’t forget to check the web page for your joint honours programme for more information and full entry requirements. ENGLISH AND FILM/TV (BA) Entry Requirements 320 UCAS tariff points Refer to English, page 66 Admissions Tutor Jessica Cox School of Arts (English) Tel +44 (0)1895 266248 Email english-admissions@ brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Drama, page 62 Admissions Tutor Xavier Mendik School of Arts Tel +44 (0)1895 266879 Email ftv-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk FILM/TV AND MUSIC (BA) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Music, page 68 Admissions Tutor Xavier Mendik School of Arts Tel +44 (0)1895 266879 Email ftv-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Modules focused on alternative practices are supported by the Cult Film Archive, an internationallyrecognised research resource within the Screen Media Research Centre, directed by Xavier Mendik (pictured above).

GAMES DESIGN AND FILM/TV (BA) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Games Design, page 78 Subject Leader Tanya Krzywinska School of Arts Email tanya.krzywinska@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

77


WW28 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

Games Design BA Joint Honours

GAMES DESIGN AND DRAMA BA

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

UCAS CODES GAMES DESIGN AND CREATIVE WRITING BA 4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

WW24 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

GAMES DESIGN AND ENGLISH BA WQ23 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

GAMES DESIGN AND FILM/TV BA WW26 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

GAMES DESIGN AND MUSIC BA WW23 (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

GAMES DESIGN AND SONIC ARTS BA WW2H (3 years full-time,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300-320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (General Studies/ Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300-320 tariff points in Creative and Media, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31-32 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass in a related subject, including at least 75% of units with Merit or Distinction

Games Design must be combined with one of a range of other subjects within the School of Arts. See page 79 for details. COURSE CONTENT This new degree will introduce you to ideas and practices at the forefront of game studies and games design. It is taught by a team who specialise in research into the theoretical analysis of digital games or who are professionals in the games design industry. You will have the opportunity to design and analyse digital games, developing over the course of the programme a comprehensive understanding of the factors that shape the games industry and the techniques and principles used in the design of games. Your second subject will also provide ideas and concepts that you can use in your study and design of games. In each year of your degree, you will study theory modules aiming to develop your understanding of the cultural and social significance of games and their historical contexts.

Design modules will aid your ability to produce creative, realisable strategies in relation to set briefs. Application modules will provide you with a comprehensive knowledge of the communication skills currently used in the games industry, including presentation and prototyping skills. You will also study a selection of core and optional modules from your chosen second subject. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a combination of practical exercises, projects, and essays. CAREERS The course will prepare you for a career in the digital games industry or allow specialisation within the field in combination with your chosen second subject. You will acquire core transferable skills of effective communication, leadership, selfmanagement, initiative and personal responsibility.

For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

78

Contact Admissions Tutor Tanya Krzywinska, School of Arts Email tanya.krzywinska@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates. You will select course modules from those offered by each of the two subjects. Level 1 • Theory 1: ‘Reading’ Games – methods for, and practice in, analysing the formal components of games • Design 1: Introduction to Game Design – practical exercises, working to set briefs • Application 1: Methods for, and practice in, communicating design concepts and ideas Level 2 • Theory 2: Approaches to analysing games and players • Design 2: Large game design projects, working to a brief • Application 2: Prototyping game designs and understanding the games industry Level 3 • Theory 3: Socio-Cultural Contexts – analysing the social and cultural implications of games • Major Design Project OR Major Theoretical Project OR Medium Design Project AND/OR Medium Theoretical Project Games Design is combined with the study of one of several other subjects. The options are shown below. You will normally be expected to attain the entry requirements for your chosen second subject, including any specified grades for particular subjects. Don’t forget to check the web page for more information on your programme.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

GAMES DESIGN AND CREATIVE WRITING (BA) Entry Requirements 320 UCAS tariff points Refer to Creative Writing, page 64 GAMES DESIGN AND DRAMA (BA) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Drama, page 62 GAMES DESIGN AND ENGLISH (BA) Entry Requirements 320 UCAS tariff points Refer to English, page 66 GAMES DESIGN AND FILM/TV (BA) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Film/TV, page 76 GAMES DESIGN AND MUSIC (BA) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Music, page 68 GAMES DESIGN AND SONIC ARTS (BA) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Sonic Arts, page 74

In 2009, Games Design at Brunel was shortlisted from over 600 entries for the Times Higher Education (THE) ‘Excellence and Innovation in the Arts’ Award. The achievement reflects the inventive and engaging teaching methods employed within the subject area, led by Professor Tanya Krzywinska.

79


UCAS CODE P500 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME)

Journalism

(with NCTJ exams) Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Creative and Media, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass in Journalism and Media, including Distinction in all Journalism units and Distinction in 50% of remaining Level 3 units For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

80

COURSE CONTENT This programme offers an ideal launch-pad for anyone hoping to embark on a career in journalism in the digital age. We offer a rigorous and demanding training in news writing, Teeline shorthand, public affairs and law, plus a work placement. You will also learn how to edit and package for a range of journalism formats with an emphasis on cross-media platforms and hand-held technology. Complementing the practical and contextual skills will be a deeper interrogation of ethical, historical and theoretical debates about journalism. A hallmark of our delivery is our close association with the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ), who accredit our Master’s programme. We will be delivering essential NCTJ training alongside the broader contextual and critical elements that ensure you are best placed to navigate your way through this dynamic and demanding craft.

At Level 1, you will gain essential skills in news writing, reporting and court reporting as you learn about the history of the craft of journalism. At Level 2, you will deepen your knowledge of the law and interrogate the workings of local and central government. On a practical level, you will learn shorthand, how to write features, how to report for radio and how to produce pages for print and online media. You will do this against a backdrop of critical work around theories of journalism. At Level 3, you will undertake major pieces of self-directed journalism and a dissertation. You will also gain skills in online journalism, while you consider ethical and regulatory questions affecting journalism in the 21st Century. You will also gain real-world journalism experience on a work placement. ASSESSMENT Assessment usually takes place at the end of each term, by a combination of coursework, projects, oral presentations and examinations.

Contact Admissions Tutor Keith Somerville, School of Arts Tel +44 (0)1895 267273 Email journalism-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


CAREERS The course will provide a strong foundation from which to launch a career in journalism at local and regional level especially, but we also have a strong track record of students getting work in national and international news media. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Academic Practice • News Writing • News Reporting and Production • History of Journalism • UK, European and Global Institutions • Radio Journalism Level 2 • Law and the Media • Data Gathering for Journalism • Crime and Courts in the News • Reporting UK Local Government • Magazine Journalism • Theories of Journalism Level 3 • Online Journalism • Media Freedom and Regulation • Major Journalism Project • Analysis of Work Experience • Journalism Dissertation

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

You will benefit from our staff’s close working relationship with the journalism community.

81


Business and Management

82

Brunel University

Brunel Business School


Yaw is studying Business and Management and spent his work placement at Morgan Stanley

The main reason I chose a four‑year sandwich course is that it provides a great opportunity to gain practical insight into the factors that make companies successful in the financial market. Brunel was a firm choice because of its multicultural diversity and high teaching standards. The University’s placement officers offer guidance for those who choose to undertake a sandwich course, as well as running CV and interview workshops and careers fairs. During my placement the opportunities were endless, whether it was gaining an overview of different team functions from sales trading to foreign exchange, or attending company training courses. A course on hedge funds and alternative assets was particularly interesting, and Morgan Stanley actively encouraged me to learn continuously whilst in my role. Last year was one of the best times to be on a placement – at a time of radical change in the market, I was not only watching events unfold globally but also seeing first hand what it takes to survive in a volatile environment. I would advise anybody who enjoys a hands-on approach to learning to apply for a sandwich course at Brunel.

Annual Intake: 350 Why study Business and Management at Brunel? ★★ By the time you graduate you will be equipped for a

successful career in business and management. Former students have gone on to get jobs at Ford Motor Company, British Gas, Coca Cola, Morgan Stanley, o2 and Nestlé amongst others.

★★ Students on four-year thick sandwich courses undertake

high quality work placements within prestigious organisations such as The Walt Disney Company, ICI Paints, Apple, Xerox, Microsoft, IBM, British Airways and Lloyds TSB.

★★ You can choose to specialise in eBusiness Systems, Marketing or Accounting. Joint honours students get the chance to study Economics, Mathematics or Sport Sciences.

★★ Brunel Business School is home to six world-class Research Centres. This specialist expertise supports high-quality research in key areas relevant to today’s business environment, and informs and enhances learning and teaching.

★★ The Accountancy and Marketing pathways are professionally accredited and offer exemption from the entry exams for certain professional bodies, such as CIMA, ACCA and CIM.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Business and Management BSc ...................................................... Page 84 Business and Management (Accounting) BSc ............................... Page 84 Business and Management (eBusiness Systems) BSc . .................. Page 84 Business and Management (Marketing) BSc ................................ Page 84 International Business BSc............................................................... Page 88

JOINT HONOURS COURSES: Business Studies and Sport Sciences BSc . ...................................... Page 89 Economics and Management BSc.................................................... Page 89 Mathematical and Management Studies BA................................. Page 89 Mathematics and Statistics with Management BSc....................... Page 89

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

83


UCAS CODES Business and Management BSc N100 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) N221 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Business and Management

BSc

This course is available via a variety of pathways (see left). Business and Management (Accounting) BSc NN14 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) N2NL (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Business and Management (eBusiness Systems) BSc NG25 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) GN52 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Business and Management (Marketing) BSc N2NM (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) N2N5 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 350 tariff points from 3 A-levels (typical offer BBB) plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (Critical Thinking/ General Studies accepted) Advanced Diploma 350 tariff points in Business, Administration and Finance, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 33 points BTEC ND DDD in a business-related subject Access Applicants offering Access courses in Business or a Business‑related subject are considered on an individual basis For all other qualifications or combinations, contact Business School Enquiries.

84

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. COURSE CONTENT

ASSESSMENT

Our Business and Management degrees equip you with a sound understanding of business and management as well as the analytical, technical and interpersonal skills required to understand, analyse and address the problems faced by companies today. All students follow the same programme of study in Year 1, which is designed to provide an introduction to all the key individual business and management disciplines.

Each subject is assessed either by a combination of continuous appraisal and examination or by coursework or examination alone. The split is approximately 50:50 exam to coursework but the exact ratio depends on the options you select.

In the second year, students may choose to specialise in Accounting, Marketing or eBusiness Systems and modules studied depend on the pathway chosen (see overleaf). Alternatively, you may choose to study for a general degree in Business and Management. At Level 3, in your third or fourth year (depending on whether you opt for the full‑time or sandwich option), there is the chance to choose from a range of elective modules and so tailor the degree to your individual requirements. You are also expected to complete a major project in your area of interest.

Level 1 does not count towards your final degree classification but you have to pass the first year to progress to Level 2. The overall mark you achieve at Level 2 counts for a third of your final degree mark; your Level 3 score counts for the rest. Your major project of approximately 8,000 words is worth a third of your Level 3 marks. WORK PLACEMENTS The sandwich option allows you to undertake a year’s paid work placement as part of your degree course. Recent placement organisations include Microsoft, Honda, Deloitte, Reuters, Warner Brothers, Morgan Stanley and IBM. Most students find their work placement experience significantly enhances their employability and many students are offered jobs with their work placement company upon graduation.

Contact Business School Enquiries Tel +44 (0)1895 265278 / 267124 Email joinbbs@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


CAREERS

Level 1 Core

A broad understanding of business and management and a knowledge of commercial, innovation and marketing issues are greatly valued in a whole range of professions.

• Introduction to Management Enquiry • Managing Information with Technology • Principles and Practice of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Analysis • Introduction to Accounting • International Business Environment

Past graduates have entered the fields of marketing, advertising, human resources, accountancy, the arts, law, politics and the public sector, to name but a few. PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION Once you graduate, provided you have passed certain modules, you will be exempt from certain entry level examinations of the Chartered Institute of Marketing (CIM), the Chartered Institute for Management Accountants (CIMA) and the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA). BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT This degree provides a thorough knowledge and understanding of all Business and Management disciplines with the opportunity to choose from a selection of optional modules in your final year.

Level 2 Core • Operations Management • Marketing Communications • Managing Change and Creativity in Organisations • Project Management • Human Resource Management and its International Dimensions • Critical Perspectives in Management Level 3 Core • Issues and Controversies in Management (Project) • Strategic Management • Business Ethics, Environmental Sustainability and Governance Level 3 Options • Gender and Organisations • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Ventures • International Marketing • Innovation and Knowledge Management

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Elizabeth is studying Business and Management (Marketing), and spent her work placement at IBM.

I chose to undertake the Marketing pathway as I have always had a great interest in the area, and the course did not disappoint. The first year provides an insight into many aspects of business – I was able to gain an understanding of the foundations of accounting, marketing, management and IT. During my second year, we covered a number of marketing topics, which I have been able to relate to everyday life – for example, when shopping I can pick up on aspects of consumer behaviour that were covered within the course. Securing my work placement was an important achievement. My placement was within IBM’s hardware department as a Sales Operations Analyst. The experience helped me to gain a better understanding of how a blue chip company operates, and gave me great insight into Sales and Operations, igniting my interest in the area. The placement was also a great opportunity to network with people in the industry. The Placement and Careers team at Brunel were a great help, providing expertise in areas such as my CV and interview skills. A placement is an excellent addition to your CV, considering the increasing number of graduates competing for jobs each year, and I know that I will return to University in my final year having developed immensely in terms of skills, and as an individual.

85


Business and Management Pathways BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT (ACCOUNTING) PATHWAY The Accounting route gives students a broad overview of management issues, and specialist knowledge of the applications of accountancy to the world of commerce. Level 1 Core

Throughout their degree courses, students are encouraged to consider a range of scenarios from the world of business. Those who take a module on entrepreneurship in their third year are required to simulate the establishment of a small business; their ideas are then judged by a team of real-life entrepreneurs.

• Introduction to Management Enquiry • Managing Information with Technology • Principles and Practice of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Analysis • Introduction to Accounting • International Business Environment Level 2 Core • Management Accounting – Planning and Control • Management Accounting – Decision Making • Introduction to Business Law • Principles and Practices of Financial Accounting • Quantitative Methods in Business and Management • Global Business and the Multinational Firm Level 3 Core • Issues and Controversies in Accounting (Project) • Strategic Financial Management • Auditing

86

Level 3 Options • Taxation • Strategic Management • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Ventures • Business Ethics, Environmental Sustainability and Governance BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT (eBUSINESS SYSTEMS) PATHWAY The eBusiness Systems pathway provides a broad coverage of the latest theories and principles relating to business practice and electronic business systems development. It focuses on how to support management at an operational and strategic level through the application of information management procedures. Graduates will gain a thorough understanding of management approaches to the planning, introduction, and evaluation of information systems, with a focus on the alignment of business and ICT strategy. Level 1 Core • Introduction to Management Enquiry • Managing Information with Technology • Principles and Practice of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Analysis • Introduction to Accounting • International Business Environment

Contact Business School Enquiries Tel +44 (0)1895 265278 / 267124 Email joinbbs@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Level 2 Core

Level 1 Core

• Business Process Modelling • Information Systems • Operations Management • Systems Development Project • Principles of eCommerce • Interactive Web-based Systems

• Introduction to Management Enquiry • Managing Information with Technology • Principles and Practice of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Analysis • Introduction to Accounting • International Business Environment

Level 3 Core • Issues and Controversies in eBusiness (Project) • IT Systems Management • Organisation and Systems Design Level 3 Options • Internet Marketing • Strategic Management • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Ventures • Business Ethics, Environmental Sustainability and Governance BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT (MARKETING) PATHWAY The marketing route develops conceptual and analytical tools of value not just within the marketing function but also in many aspects of business and management. Students will study the marketing areas of what customers want, consumer behaviour, marketing communications, managing relationships, planning and strategy.

Level 2 Core • Marketing Research • Marketing Communications • Marketing Channels and Logistics • Critical Perspectives in Management • Consumer Behaviour • Database and Customer Relationship Marketing Level 3 Core • Issues and Controversies in Marketing (Project) • International Marketing • Strategic Marketing Level 3 Options • Internet Marketing • Business Ethics, Environmental Sustainability and Governance • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Ventures • The Management of Retailing

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Ayo studied Business and Management (Accounting). He graduated in 2009 and now runs his own business.

Brunel University kick-started my life. It was not only an educational exercise but also provided life experience that acted as a solid foundation for my past, current and future achievements. At the age of 19, whilst in the second year of my degree, I created a lifestyle brand called Elegance. 10,000 copies of our first project, the Elegance hair and beauty catalogue, were distributed throughout the country via over 30 sales reps. Our current project provides integrated promotional packages, focusing on using short videos to promote salons, barbers and spas across the UK. This project led to me winning first prize in Brunel University’s Dragons Den competition for 2009, as well as being named Entrepreneur of the Year by the Brunel Entrepreneurs Society and Brunel Business School. Brunel University allowed me to meet like‑minded people and encouraged me to think outside the box. One piece of advice I would give to students is to look at university as an opportunity to build your future.

87


UCAS CODE International Business BSc N100 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) N221 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 350 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (Critical Thinking/ General Studies accepted) Advanced Diploma 350 tariff points in Business, Administration and Finance, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning

International Business BSc Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

COURSE CONTENT

TYPICAL MODULES

This degree course teaches the fundamentals of national and international market economies and the various forces that shape the operating environments of organisations, both nationally and internationally. It provides the opportunity to explore a range of specialist topics in an international context as well as the chance to acquire a thorough understanding of all the key business and management disciplines.

Check the web for the latest updates

Although international in focus, the degree does not have a mandatory language requirement so is designed to appeal to linguists and non‑linguists alike.

Level 2 Core

CAREERS The degree will help you to develop the transferable skills needed to meet the challenges of employment within the global economy.

• Introduction to Management Enquiry • Managing Information with Technology • Principles and Practice of Marketing • Organisational Behaviour and Analysis • Introduction to Accounting • International Business Environment • International Business in Emerging Markets • International Relations • Marketing Communications • Economics for Business and Management • Human Resource Management and its International Dimensions • Global Business and the Multinational Firm Level 3 Core • Issues and Controversies in Management (Project) • International Marketing • International Business Strategy

IBDP 33 points BTEC ND DDD in a business-related subject

Level 3 Options • Business Ethics, Environmental Sustainability and Governance • Globalisation and Governance • Gender and Organisations • Politics and Policy of the EU

Access Applicants offering Access courses in Business or a Business‑related subject are considered on an individual basis For all other qualifications or combinations, contact Business School Enquiries.

88

Level 1 Core

Contact Business School Enquiries Tel +44 (0)1895 265278 / 267124 Email joinbbs@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Business and Management Joint Honours You may combine the study of Business and Management with other subjects. The options are shown below.

BUSINESS STUDIES AND SPORT SCIENCES (BSc)

MATHEMATICAL AND MANAGEMENT STUDIES (BSC)

Entry Requirements

Entry Requirements

350 UCAS Tariff Points

300 UCAS Tariff points

For course information refer to Sport Sciences, page 200

For course information see Maths, page 160

Enquiries

Enquiries

Dr Julie Garner Admissions Tutor School of Sport and Education Tel +44 (0)1895 266471 Email sse-ugcourses@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Dr D Cappitt Admissions Tutor School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics Tel +44 (0)1895 265180 Email maths.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT (BSc) Entry Requirements 320 UCAS Tariff Points For course information see Economics, page 122 Enquiries Admissions Team Tel +44 (0)1895 265265 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

UCAS CODES BUSINESS STUDIES AND SPORT SCIENCES BSc C6N1 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME*) NC1P (4 YEARS THICK窶全ANDWICH*)

ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT BSc LNC2 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LND2 (4 YEARS THICK窶全ANDWICH)

MATHEMATICAL AND MANAGEMENT STUDIES BSc GND2 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) GNC2 (4 YEARS THICK窶全ANDWICH)

MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS WITH MANAGEMENT BSc G1NG (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G1NF (4 YEARS THICK窶全ANDWICH)

MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS WITH MANAGEMENT (BSc) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS Tariff points

* Duration of course

For course information see Maths, page 160

If your participation in, and training requirements for, high level sporting competition increase, it may be possible to switch to part-time study.

Enquiries Dr D Cappitt Admissions Tutor School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics Tel +44 (0)1895 265180 Email maths.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

89


Civil Engineering

90

Brunel University

School of Engineering and Design


Bedir is studying Civil Engineering with Sustainability.

Annual Intake: 40 Why study Civil Engineering at Brunel? ★★ Students study mainstream civil engineering with a

What drew me to my course was, first, the sandwich placement scheme it offered, and second, Brunel’s reputation for Engineering. The placement scheme proved invaluable as the experience I gained there will set me ahead of other graduates, and this is essential for fulfilling my goal of becoming a chartered engineer. The most important thing for a competent engineer is experience, and I have learnt a huge amount on my placement. From the moment I attended the Engineering and Design Open Day, I have been witness to my lecturers’ passion for our subject. The subject area is a wellspring of knowledge, constantly being filled by the renowned academic and practical work of the lecturers, who are all still strongly involved with the industrial world. I really enjoy knowing that I am learning from some of the best in the field, but this doesn’t mean that my lecturers have been unapproachable or unhelpful. Although the emphasis on independent learning is strong, I can always go and seek personal help from my lecturers. Although I have felt challenged at times, I have never felt lost.

firm focus on sustainability for the 21st Century.

★★ Courses are assessed for professional accreditation

on an annual basis by the Joint Board of Moderators for the Institution of Civil Engineers, the Institution of Structural Engineers and the Institution of Highways and Transportation.

★★ Our high quality civil engineering facilities have

benefitted from major investment, and include flumes, geotechnical testing, structural analysis, materials preparation and testing, and surveying.

★★ Residential field visits encourage hands-on

experience, and site visits allow students to view state-of-the-art projects.

★★ The subject area provides a challenging but supportive environment.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Civil Engineering with Sustainability BEng/MEng...... Page 92

SEE ALSO: Foundations of Engineering....................................... Page 204

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

91


UCAS CODES BEng H200 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H201 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Civil Engineering with Sustainability BEng/MEng Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements BEng

BEng

GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade C at A-level Maths and a Science or Technology subject at AS- or A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only)

This mainstream Civil Engineering programme with a special focus on sustainability aims to provide a sound academic training for the professional civil engineer.

Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points, including 5 points in Maths at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM including Distinctions in Further Mathematics for Technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Course Director for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Course Director. Access Pass in Engineering, including Distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at Level 3 For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Course Director.

COURSE CONTENT

At Level 1 you will be introduced to the core subjects that form the basis of knowledge essential to becoming a civil engineer. These include an introduction to solid body mechanics and fluids, and specialist modules introducing geotechnical engineering and surveying plus construction and sustainability. At Level 2 the specialist theme is continued with modules on civil engineering materials, structural mechanics, geotechnical engineering and sustainable construction. At Level 3 further specialist civil engineering themes are introduced, including structural analysis, steel and concrete design, water engineering, plus the major individual project.

ASSESSMENT Assessment is mainly by written examination but work is also continuously assessed by projects, assignments, essays, laboratory work and short tests. WORK PLACEMENTS Placements may be found with the principal types of employer in civil engineering such as contractors, consulting engineers and regional and national government agencies, many of which are based in the London area. The work is often site-based with opportunities for first-hand experience of construction work. You may also obtain some design experience or take responsibility for part of a project, under supervision by the engineer. CAREERS Graduates have the opportunity to start their professional careers with a wide range of companies and other organisations in the civil engineering sector, in the UK or internationally.

The course is enhanced by lectures and presentations from practising civil engineers and site visits.

92

Contact Course Director, Dr Philip Collins School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 266633 Email ce-ug-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


ACCREDITATION

Level 2

This course started in 2007 and, until the first cohort of students graduate, is being continually assessed for professional accreditation by the Institution of Civil Engineers, the Institution of Structural Engineers and the Institution of Highways and Transportation, on an annual basis. To date, this has been highly successful, and the course is accredited. This means that students are on track for professional status as Chartered Engineers.

• Civil Engineering Materials • Geotechnical Engineering and Surveying • Solid Body Mechanics • Fluid Mechanics • Structural Mechanics • Computing and Sustainable Construction

MEng OR BEng OPTIONS If you enter the BEng route, you can usually transfer to the MEng programme at the end of Level 2 by obtaining an average of 60% at that level. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Construction and Sustainability • Fundamentals of Geotechnical Engineering and Surveying • Fundamentals of Solid Body Mechanics • Fundamentals of Thermofluids • Analytical Methods and Skills • Communication, Management and Professional Skills

UCAS CODES MEng H202 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) H203 (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Level 3 • Business and the Environment • Steel and Concrete Design • Water Engineering • Structural Analysis • Major Individual Project

MEng COURSE CONTENT For information on assessment, work placements, careers and accreditation, see the BEng route (opposite). The MEng year continues all the BEng themes to an advanced level to include geo-environmental engineering, sustainable construction, maintenance and management, plus a major group project. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 4 • Sustainable Construction, Management and Professional Studies • Advanced Structural Analysis • Geo-environmental Engineering • Environmental Fluid Mechanics • Transport and the Environment • Major Group Project

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

entry requirements MEng GCE A and AS-level 370 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B at A-level Maths and a Science or Technology subject at AS- or A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only.) Advanced Diploma 370 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 34 points, including 6 points in Maths at Higher Level BTEC ND DDD including Distinctions in Further Mathematics for Technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent, together with either 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Course Director for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Course Director. Access Pass in Engineering, including Distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at Level 3 For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Course Director.

93


Design

94

Brunel University

School of Engineering and Design


Mark, a Brunel Design graduate, designed ‘Surfscreen’ and is now working for a Doctorate in Engineering.

Surfscreen is a product range designed to prevent sunburn experienced by surfers in the ocean. My approach was to develop a biodegradable plastic from seaweed, and then use it to form capsules to hold a dosage of waterproof sunscreen. When surfing, the capsules are squeezed open to release the sunscreen then discarded into the ocean after use. As the materials used degrade naturally in the marine environment, the product is completely sustainable. Studying any design degree at Brunel is a challenging, yet highly rewarding feat. Reminiscing over my achievements is very fulfilling when I consider how much my skill set has developed since enrolling four years ago. I chose a BSc Design programme to push the boundaries of my creativity and to further my knowledge of human‑centred design, inspired design detailing, environmental design, manufacturing techniques, material properties and structural analysis. Each of these areas has provided me with a detailed insight into the professional environment, giving me many career options to consider after graduation. Pursuing my interest in environmental technology, I was quickly offered a job with Buro Happold, based in central London. They are pioneers in the creation of elegant and sustainable solutions for the built environment, and through this opportunity I will also be working towards a postgraduate qualification – an Engineering Doctorate with Brunel and Surrey University.

Annual Intake: 130 Why study Design at Brunel? ★★ Our Design degrees are some of the most renowned

and respected in Europe and our students and graduates have won many national and international design awards.

★★ Our courses are among the highest-ranking for

Product and Industrial Design in the UK. In all the most recent university guides, as well as in the National Student Survey, Brunel Design is placed in the top four out of all UK Art and Design courses.

★★ Work placements and industrial collaborations

offer students direct experience of working on ‘live’ design projects with some of the best companies in the world.

★★ Our exchange programme allows students to take a

work placement abroad in locations such as the USA, Milan, Hanover, Sydney and Antwerp.

★★ Design graduates enjoy superb career opportunities.

Employers of our graduates include Apple Computers, Eurostar, IBM, Habitat, Land Rover, Lego, Nokia and Virgin Atlantic.

★★ Our teaching staff are all research or professionally

active, which ensures that the content of our courses evolves with the commercial worlds of both design and engineering.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Industrial Design and Technology BA................................ Page 96 Product Design BSc.............................................................. Page 98 Product Design Engineering BSc........................................ Page 98

SEE ALSO Multimedia Technology and Design BSc..........................Page 130 Foundations of Engineering............................................. Page 204

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

95


UCAS CODES HW72 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) HWR2 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Industrial Design and Technology

BA

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Design and Technology, Product Design, Art or Art and Design at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only.) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Creative and Media, Engineering or Manufacturing and Product Design, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Art and Design or Engineering subject. Other subjects are considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

COURSE CONTENT All our Design courses share a number of core modules in the first year to ensure that you have a sound understanding of the technological, creative and practical skills necessary for a degree in this discipline. Design at Brunel is distinguished by an emphasis on the application of technology, and this is an integrated part of project work at all levels. The Industrial Design and Technology BA takes a different approach to mechanics and electronics than the BSc courses during the first and second years. This route is for empirical thinkers who prefer to learn through building and evaluating project-based challenges, with less theory and quantitative analysis. This approach has also proved to be ideal for design thinkers with less confidence in their mathematical skills but who have all the creative motivation to solve problems in exciting, commercially viable projects, and who have a deep appreciation of environmental and human factors. The first year provides an introduction to the philosophy and breadth of modules within the course, and the second year synthesises this

96

knowledge through a series of practical projects. The third year comprises management of a major project along with selected specialised modules to help students build unique professional portfolios of transferable skill sets. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a combination of written and multiple choice exams, lab reports, coursework, design projects, oral presentations and practical work. WORK PLACEMENTS Our students have undertaken placements in all sectors of the design industry with hundreds of companies as diverse as Dyson Appliances, Panasonic UK, British Airways, Coca Cola, Pentagram, DCA Design Consultants, Rolls-Royce, Audi, Motorola (Singapore), Sony and Philips. As an alternative to an industrial placement, you may also be able to go on one of our exchange programmes in Hanover, Germany, Milan, Italy and Delft, Holland or go trans‑Atlantic to San Francisco.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Stephen Green School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 266324 Email design.information@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


CAREERS Our graduates are highly sought after in a wide range of environments. As well as the prestigious companies who offer work placements to our students, employers of our graduates include Accenture, Apple Computers, British Telecom, Eurostar, Fitch, IDEO, Seymour Powell, IBM, Habitat, Land Rover, Lego, Microsoft, Morgan Stanley, Nokia, RNIB, the Technology Partnership and Virgin Atlantic. ACCREDITATION These courses are accredited by the Institution of Engineering Designers.

Michael, a final year Design student, won a prestigious placement at BBC Worldwide by developing an innovative design for Teletubbies merchandise.

TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Design Process 1 • Graphic Communication 1 • Design Modelling Workshops • Product Analysis • Creative Engineering Practice Level 2 • Design Process 2 • Graphic Communication 2 • Systems Design • Design for Manufacture • Design Applications Level 3 • Major Project (core) • Innovation Management (core) • Contextual Design (core) • Human Factors • Embedded Systems • Environmentally Sensitive Design • Graphics

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

When I decided to join Brunel University, I was not sure exactly what to expect, both in terms of student life and the course itself. Fortunately, my experiences here – ranging from the course I’m taking, to the social environment, to the placement I won with BBC Worldwide – have been a very pleasant surprise. I have enjoyed the lecture-based component of the course, but found the workshop projects to be particularly stimulating. I cannot emphasise enough how valuable the workshop facilities that Brunel provides for its students have been. We have full use of wood, plastic and modelmaking workshops, and can use them for either personal or course work. I used this opportunity to build my own electric guitar from scratch and have since been teaching myself to play! As part of a second year project, we were assigned to develop an innovative design for Teletubbies merchandise – this was a joint project between the BBC and Ragdoll Productions. My prize as winner for the best design was a three-month placement in BBC Worldwide’s Creative Development Department, which is in charge of merchandise for programmes from the Teletubbies to Top Gear. It was a real learning experience working with such a great group at the BBC and I learned a lot about the business side of design.

97


UCAS CODES Product Design BSc H772 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H776 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Product Design Engineering BSc

Product Design

BSc

Product Design Engineering BSc

WH27 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) WHF7 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including an A-level in Design and Technology, Product Design, Art or Art and Design and Grade C or above in AS-level Maths or A-level Physics (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only.) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Creative and Media, Engineering or Manufacturing and Product Design, including Maths or Physics A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points, including 5 in Maths at Standard Level or Physics at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM in a related subject, including Maths or Physics Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Art and Design or Engineering subject, including Maths at level 3. Other subjects are considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

98

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

COURSE CONTENT All our Design courses share a number of core modules in the first year to ensure that you have a sound understanding of the technological, creative and practical skills necessary for a degree in this discipline. Design at Brunel is distinguished by an emphasis on the application of technology. This is an integrated part of project work at all levels. The Product Design BSc course shares all its first and second year modules with BSc Product Design Engineering and both contain a balanced blend of creative and technical subjects where mechanics and electronics are taught at a theoretical level. The course suits pragmatic problem solvers who combine their numeracy with creative motivation to underpin exciting, commercially viable projects with a deep functional and manufacturing understanding. The first year modules are an introduction to the philosophy and breadth of the course, while the second year synthesises this knowledge through a series of projects. The third year comprises management of a major project along with selected specialised modules

to optimise each student’s unique professional portfolio of transferable skill sets. The Product Design Engineering BSc course becomes uniquely specialised in the third year. The particular blend of creative and technical subjects prepares students for a final year where further in-depth technical and engineering knowledge build to form a technically strong programme. This course is for creative thinkers who are comfortable with mathematics and enjoy predictive functional proving and design along with a deeper level of finite element understanding. It bridges the worlds of design and engineering, producing true hybrid professionals who will move immediately into companies as design engineers and product development specialists. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a combination of written and multiple choice exams, lab reports, coursework, design projects, oral presentations and practical work.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Stephen Green School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 266324 Email design.information@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


WORK PLACEMENTS Our students have undertaken placements in all sectors of the design industry with hundreds of companies as diverse as Dyson Appliances, Panasonic UK, British Airways, Coca Cola, Pentagram, DCA Design Consultants, RollsRoyce, Audi, Motorola (Singapore), Sony and Philips. As an alternative to an industrial placement, you may also be able to go on one of our exchange programmes in Hanover, Germany, Milan, Italy and Delft, Holland or go trans‑Atlantic to San Francisco. CAREERS Our graduates are highly sought after in a wide range of environments. As well as the prestigious companies who offer work placements to our students, employers of our graduates include Accenture, Apple Computers, British Telecom, Eurostar, Fitch, IDEO, Seymour Powell, IBM, Habitat, Land Rover, Lego, Microsoft, Morgan Stanley, Nokia, RNIB, the Technology Partnership and Virgin Atlantic. ACCREDITATION These courses are accredited by the Institution of Engineering Designers. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Design Process 1 • Graphic Communication 1 • Design Modelling Workshops • Mechanics for Design • Electrical Technology Level 2 • Design Process 2 • Graphic Communication 2 • Electronics, Programming and Interfacing • Design for Manufacture • Dynamics, Mechanisms and Stress Analysis Level 3 • Major Project (core) • Innovation Management (core) • Environmentally Sensitive Design • Graphics • Contextual Design • Computer Aided Design Methods • Embedded Systems • Human Factors

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Lucy, a final year Product Design student, has recently completed a placement at Chanel.

I chose Brunel as it is known worldwide for its excellence in Engineering and Design. I attended a couple of Open Days to look around the campus and all the facilities. I didn’t always know I wanted to be a designer or what job I wanted to do, but Design Technology was what I enjoyed at school so I thought I would see where a design course would lead. I looked at several universities but I always felt that the course at Brunel was the right one for me. I found that the tutors and lecturers showed their passion for their subject and believed in their students. When I had chosen Brunel and the subject I wished to study, there were various degree options available. I would recommend anyone going to any university to choose a degree with a placement year incorporated – it was definitely my best decision. In my first two years I studied a wide range of design topics. My first year was spent building the foundations of the course and learning the basic skills to progress into my second year. I particularly enjoyed being in the workshops, as I was shown how to use all the machines and produce something different in each workshop. I have just finished a year in a graphic design placement at Chanel. The University helped with my CV, interview skills and finding my work placement. I have learnt many invaluable skills this year which will help me progress in my final year. The placement gives you a great head start when looking for a job after graduation.

99


Economics and Finance

100

Brunel University

School of Social Sciences


Necip is a final year Economics and Management student. He spent his placement at HM Treasury.

Annual Intake: 250 Why study Economics and Finance at Brunel? ★★ You can choose to study either a traditional three-

Brunel was my first choice because it ticked every box that I was looking for in a university. It’s situated on a clean and stylish campus, it’s in Greater London, it has a reputation for producing strong economics graduates, and it offers economics students the opportunity to go on a work placement in the penultimate year of their studies. Three years on and I’m thoroughly enjoying my time here. I recently finished a year at HM Treasury in the European Economics team. As well as providing regular briefings for the Prime Minister and Chancellor (whom I had the opportunity to meet), I was given the role of housing market expert, producing high level research and presenting to an audience. I had the opportunity to implement and develop core skills in a very high profile institution, while gaining first-hand experience in a field that genuinely interested me. The opportunity to undertake a placement separates Brunel from most other universities in London, and Brunel’s Placement and Careers Centre’s strong links with prospective employers are very beneficial from a student’s perspective. I would certainly recommend Brunel to anybody considering it.

year course, or the prestigious four-year course with a professional work placement. The latter gives you the chance to undertake paid, professional work experience in the heart of the UK’s financial, business, national government and public sectors.

★★ Academic staff are involved in internationally-

recognised research, which is reflected by a strong academic publication record.

★★ Our students have excellent career prospects.

Graduates have gone on to work for Merrill Lynch, NatWest, PricewaterhouseCoopers, HSBC, Fidelity Investments and Ernst & Young, and as Cadet Economists in the Civil Service.

★★ The combination of theory with the practical skills necessary to apply your knowledge to a work environment, together with a strong background in finance, distinguishes our courses from other economics degrees.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Economics BSc.....................................................................Page 102 Economics and Business Finance BSc................................Page 102 Business Economics BSc......................................................Page 102 Options for Honours degree combinations.................Page 103 Finance and Accounting BSc............................................. Page 104

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

101


UCAS CODES Economics BSc L101 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) L106 (4 YEARS THICK窶全ANDWICH) Economics and Business Finance BSc LND3 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LNC3 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Business Economics BSc L113 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) L111 (4 YEARS THICK窶全ANDWICH) Economics and Management BSc LNC2 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LND2 (4 YEARS THICK窶全ANDWICH) politics and Economics BSc LLC2 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) L112 (4 YEARS THICK窶全ANDWICH)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade C in Maths/ Statistics at AS-level (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Business, Administration and Finance, including A-level Maths or Grade B at AS-level in both Maths and Economics for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points, including 6 in Standard Maths and 4 in Higher or 5 in Standard English BTEC ND DDM in a related subject, plus Grade C in AS-level Maths Access Pass plus AS-level Maths For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Team.

102

Economics

BSc

Economics and Business Finance

BSc

Business Economics

BSc

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

COURSE CONTENT These broad-based courses aim to produce economists with a range of technical expertise including quantitative and computing skills. We emphasise in particular the application of theoretical principles in the working environment. All Economics students take the same core modules at Level 1 to ensure that you have a good foundation on which to either build your mainstream degree or opt to follow one of the more specialised routes. All students therefore take modules in economics, as well as modules in finance and computing and quantitative methods. At Levels 2 and 3 of the mainstream Economics programme, you will take modules in advanced micro- and macro-economics and further modules from a list of options. If you opt for the Economics and Business Finance route, you will develop a strong intellectual and practical grounding in economic and financial decisionmaking in industry and the City in order to equip you for future careers such as financial management, corporate finance

and accountancy. On the Business Economics degree, you will develop the theoretical and practical grounding necessary to understand and analyse economic, financial and management issues that arise in the business world. ASSESSMENT The proportion of exam to coursework is approximately 70% to 30%, but some courses have a higher proportion of continuous assessment. WORK PLACEMENTS Placements in industry have been with members of the International Stock Exchange, banks, hedge funds, large London-based industrial companies, oil companies, international management consultancies, accounting firms, major retailing and distribution companies and employer organisations. Placements in the public sector have included positions at the Treasury, HM Revenue and Customs and many other government agencies, as well as with local authorities and health trusts.

Contact Admissions Team Tel +44 (0)1895 265265 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


CAREERS

• Macro-economic Principles • Financial Markets and Accounting • Mathematics for Economics • Statistical Research Methods

• Economic Analysis of Competition Law and Regulation • Options from a range of Business Finance topics

Level 2 Core

Level 3

• Introduction to Economic Modelling • Micro-economic Principles • Macro-economic Principles • Corporate Finance and Investment (Economics and Business Finance) • Financial Statement Analysis (Business Economics) • Financial Accounting (Business Economics)

• Major Project (core) • Advanced Micro-economics (core Economics) • Advanced Macro-economics (core Economics) • Financial Theory and Corporate Policy (core Economics and Business Finance) • Financial Engineering (core Economics and Business Finance) • Managerial Economics (core Business Economics) • International Economics (core Business Economics) • Econometric Methods and Applications • Labour Economics

Economics and Finance graduates from Brunel have an excellent employment record and go into a wide variety of occupations. Some go on to further study and become professional economists or accountants. Others are employed in industry, the financial sector or government. It is also quite common for a job offer to come from a former work placement employer. Economics and Business Finance graduates also have prospects in the world of corporate banking and financial services. TYPICAL MODULES

Level 2 Options

Check the web for the latest updates

• Mathematical Economics • Development Economics • Economics of the European Union

Level 1 Core • Micro-economic Principles

Economics

BSc

Honours degree combinations

You may combine the study of Economics with other subjects. The options are listed below. COURSE CONTENT The Economics and Management combination aims to educate graduates in the analytical and practical skills necessary to understand and deal creatively with a wide range of economic, financial and management issues. It should appeal in particular to economists who would like a career in management. Politics and Economics in combination will allow you to examine how political and economic factors enter into public and private decision-making. You will select course modules from those offered by each of

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

the two subjects, and you should refer to the course content and any special entry requirements for both. In particular, you should note that you will normally be expected to attain the higher entry tariff of the two subjects. The contact for your chosen combination is shown under each course title. Don’t forget to check the website for your programme for more information and full entry requirements. ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT (BSc) Entry Requirements 320 UCAS Tariff Points Refer to Economics, page 102,

and Business and Management, page 82 Admissions Team Tel +44 (0)1895 265265 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk POLITICS AND ECONOMICS (BSc) Entry Requirements 320 UCAS Tariff Points Refer to Economics, page 102, and Politics, page 182 Admissions Team Tel +44 (0)1895 265265 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

103


UCAS CODES NN34 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) NN3K (4 YEARS

Finance and Accounting

BSc

THICK窶全ANDWICH)

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade C in Maths/ Statistics at AS-level (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Business, Administration and Finance, including Grade C in A-level Maths or its equivalent for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points, including 5 in Higher Maths or 6 in Higher Maths Methods and 4 in Higher or 5 in Standard English BTEC ND DDM in a related subject, plus Grade C in A-level Maths or its equivalent Access Pass plus A-level Maths For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

104

COURSE CONTENT

WORK PLACEMENTS

This course aims to produce graduates who are familiar with the principles of finance across a range of subject areas, and well-prepared for careers in accountancy and finance.

Placements in industry have been with members of the International Stock Exchange and other financial markets, banks, IT companies, management consultancies, accounting firms and major retailing and distribution companies. Placements in the public sector have included the Cabinet Office, Department of Trade and Industry and other government agencies, as well as with the finance departments of local authorities and health trusts.

At Level 1, you will follow a similar pattern to the mainstream Economics degrees, with modules in financial markets and institutions, and an introduction to financial accounting. At Levels 2 and 3, you will study modules in finance- and accounting-related topics together with options from other economics modules. ASSESSMENT The proportion of exam to coursework is approximately 70% to 30%, but some courses have a higher proportion of continuous assessment.

CAREERS Finance and Accounting graduates from Brunel have an excellent employment record and go into a wide variety of occupations. Some go on to further study and become financial analysts or accountants. Others are employed in industry, the financial sector, corporate banking or government. In some cases a job offer comes from a former work placement employer.

Contact Admissions Team Tel +44 (0)1895 265265 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Micro-economic Principles • Macro-economic Principles • Financial Markets and Accountancy • Mathematics for Economics • Statistical Research Methods Level 2 Core • Corporate Finance • Corporate Investment • Financial Statement Analysis • Accounting for Decision Making • Financial Accounting • Introduction to Economic Modelling • Company Law Plus options from a range of Economics and Finance and Management topics Level 3 • Major Project (core) • Financial Theory and Corporate Policy (core) • Auditing (core) • Financial Engineering • Econometric Methods and Applications • Financial Accounting (core) • Taxation

Jermaine studied Finance and Accounting

When I first arrived at Brunel four years ago I had little knowledge about how much growing up I would have to do! It was a massive transition from A-level to undergraduate degree level. Unlike sixth form, you have to monitor your own progress, which prompted me to become more independent and critical of the standard of my work. These two attributes are essential for my career and my everyday living. The lecturers and seminar leaders at Brunel were very keen to help me find solutions to challenges, as opposed to just giving me the answer. This prepared me for my industrial placement, and the careers team at Brunel was also very helpful. The University has good links with top institutions. The most valuable asset that my degree has given me is the self-belief that with hard work and perseverance one can achieve results at the highest level.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

105


Education

106

Brunel University

School of Sport and Education


Steph is a final year Secondary Education and Physical Education student.

Annual Intake: 80 Why study Education at Brunel? ★★ Our courses are innovative and are geared to the

I have always wanted to be a PE teacher, and Brunel University stood out. Perhaps it was the idea of being so close to central London, the cosmopolitan atmosphere, the recommendation of the course, or the many extra-curricular sports which were offered. What I do know is that I made the right choice! I never expected PE teaching to have so much depth, but the way the course is delivered through stimulating lectures, seminars and practical lessons, in fantastic facilities, makes it really appealing and has urged me to learn more than I could ever have expected. Having friendly and approachable teaching staff also gives you such a confidence boost. They keep you levelheaded and try to assist you in any way they can. But it’s not all work and no play – I have managed to fill my spare time with many activities. Holding down a part‑time job in the Students’ Union bar, being Chair of the Equestrian Club and Saturday Team Manager for the Netball Club, playing netball five times a week and being a member of the women’s cricket team mean some may think I do too much… but not being involved in these activities wouldn’t have made me the person I am today. I thoroughly recommend studying here!

challenges and changes in education and youth and community settings, and to the needs of individual students.

★★ On all courses, you will benefit from established partnerships between Brunel and a variety of educational institutions and local schools.

★★ We were the first in the field of teacher education

in the British Commonwealth, with roots going back to 1798, and we are still a leading institution in education and youth and communities studies.

★★ Our teacher education courses and teaching have been rated as ‘excellent’ by OFSTED.

★★ The process of learning is informed by

cutting‑edge research. We are host to a number of research centres including the Brunel Able Children’s Education Centre and the Centre for Youth Work Studies.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Contemporary Education BA . ......................................... Page 108 Secondary Education and Physical Education BSc ..........Page 110 Youth and Community Work BA....................................... Page 112 Youth and Community Studies BA ................................... Page 113

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

107


UCAS CODE X300 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME)

Contemporary Education BA Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, to include at least one social science subject Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Society, Health and Development, including at least 20 tariff points in a science or social science subject at AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Students will be considered on an individual basis For all other qualifications or combinations, contact Education Enquiries.

COURSE CONTENT

ASSESSMENT

This degree is a response to the changing and evolving nature of education in the broadest sense of the word. If you share our belief that creativity, culture and education are inextricably linked, then this is the programme for you. The programme aims to:

Your progress will be assessed in a variety of ways. Assessment procedures include individual and group project work, essays, oral presentations, report writing, class-based tests and written examinations.

• enable students to acquire knowledge, understanding and skills in contemporary educational theory, policy and practice; • develop a range of transferable skills, such as critical reflection, systematic analysis, communication, collaboration, presentation and writing; • enable students to develop key skills for lifelong learning and prepare them for further professional and academic qualifications and/ or a range of educationrelated careers. The programme will equip you with a depth of understanding about the role of education in a diverse society, both within and beyond the UK. It is a forwardlooking programme, designed for changing times and for people who will be making decisions in the years to come.

108

Contact Vicky Reynolds School of Sport and Education Tel +44 (0)1895 265208 Email sse-ugcourses@brunel.ac.uk

CAREERS This degree is appropriate to those contemplating careers in fields such as: education administration; after-school programme co-ordination; early years education; informal education; education welfare; Continuing Professional Development co-ordination; and business training. It could also form a basis for careers in counselling, education psychology, the social services, LEA work, social work, administration and education management. Some students will progress to a teacher training course to become a primary teacher with qualified teacher status. If you are considering teaching, you will need to combine your degree with a one-year PGCE – successful completion of the BA Contemporary Education enables you to apply for Brunel’s highly regarded PGCert Primary programme, provided that you meet current government requirements.


TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Understanding Learning • Human Development: Childhood to Adolescence 1 • Education and Society • Multi-Disciplinary Perspectives • Study Skills and Methods of Enquiry • Working in Educational Settings Level 2 • Living and Learning in Different Communities: Cultural Perspectives and Comparisons • Human Development: Childhood to Adolescence 2 • Individual and Group Learning in Informal Environments • Mentoring and Coaching in Educational Settings • Research Methods • Exploring Educational Environments Level 3 • Growing Up in 21st Century Britain • Education in Formal Contexts • Education in Informal Contexts • Research in Educational Contexts • Research Project

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

109


UCAS CODE X1CP (4 YEARS FULL-TIME)

Secondary Education and Physical Education BSc Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, preferably including Sports Studies or Physical Education (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in any subject welcomed, including an A-level in Sports Studies or Physical Education for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Students will be considered on an individual basis ISA/CRB checks All students undertaking this programme of study will be required to register with the Vetting and Barring Schemes. For full details of the Independent Safeguarding Authority guidelines, see page 220. Your commitment to and suitability for entering the teaching profession will be discussed at interview. Evidence of a wide sporting profile will also be important. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

110

This course leads to a recommendation for Qualified Teacher Status. COURSE CONTENT, STRUCTURE AND PRACTICAL EXPERIENCE School experience is closely integrated with academic studies. You will work in schools in each of the four years, and will undertake periods of extended school experience in Years 3 and 4. Brunel has an international reputation for Physical Education and Sport. For the first three years, you will work alongside BSc Sport Sciences students, building up a strong academic and practical base. You will also undertake work in education studies, and modules in PE activities. The course will prepare you to teach the secondary age range and covers all areas of the National Curriculum for PE. It has been planned in partnership with local schools and the Training and Development Agency for Schools (TDA).

ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a variety of methods including examinations, practicals, assignments, orals and evaluation of your teaching in schools. Brunel’s carefully selected partnership schools are responsible for monitoring and supporting your development. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core (Year 1) • Educational Studies 1: Foundation Professional Module (includes school‑based work) • Physical Education Subject Studies 1 (Outdoor and Adventure Activity) • Physical Education Subject Studies 2 (Swimming) • Sport Sciences modules, from: Analytical Skills in Sport and Physical Activity; Anatomy and Biomechanics; Foundations of Sport and Exercise Physiology; Psychology of Sport and Personal Development; Sociology and Management of Sport. • 26 Days’ School Experience

Contact Admissions Tutor, Peter Breckon School of Sport and Education Tel +44 (0)1895 266495 Email sse-ugcourses@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Level 2 Core (Year 2) • Educational Studies 2 • Physical Education Subject Studies 3 (Coaching) • Physical Education Subject Studies 4 (Athletics) • Sport Sciences modules, from: Child Development in Physical Education and Sport; Qualitative and Quantitative Methods of Analysis; Research and Application in Sport Psychology; Training Applications for Sport and Exercise • 16 Days’ School Experience Level 3 Core (Years 3 and 4) • Education Studies 3 (including a major school-based project) • Physical Education Subject Studies 5 (Dance) • Physical Education Subject Studies 6 (Gymnastics) • Sport Sciences modules, from: Applied Sport Psychology; Contemporary Issues in Youth Sport Work; Professional Issues in Coaching and Physical Education • 130 Days’ School Experience NB All Physical Education Studies modules are split between University-based and school‑based work

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

111


UCAS CODE L590

(3 YEARS FULL-TIME)

This course is also available part‑time (please apply directly to the University)

Youth and Community Work

BA

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements Please check the website for further information. This course is offered to entrants with no formal academic qualifications in order to recognise and accommodate the wide-ranging backgrounds from which youth and community professionals are drawn. However, only students who have had substantial practical experience and who demonstrate academic ability at the appropriate level may be admitted onto the programme. Academic potential will be assessed by interview and/or a written assignment designed to test the student’s capacity to engage with advanced study. Appropriate references will be sought to support this. All successful entrants are normally expected to have had suitable successful professional practice in a field related to youth and community work. Entrants may be working in a variety of settings as trainees, unqualified workers or substantial part-time (paid or unpaid) workers. All students must undertake a minimum of 15 hours per week youth and community work in order to be accepted onto the course. This must be maintained during their participation in each year of the course. When an employer is sponsoring a student, a contract between the employer, student and University will be established prior to the student joining the programme. This will detail the responsibilities of all three involved parties.

COURSE CONTENT

WORK PLACEMENTS

The course is designed for undergraduate entrants who wish to gain a BA as an initial professional qualification in Youth and Community Work. The programme follows a blended learning route (distance and work-based with part-time attendance and two residential study blocks) and runs over three terms per academic year. It is offered in three modes:

Concurrent work-based placements are an integral part of the programme and are assessed at each level.

• Three-year mode in which students undertake six modules a year for the first two years (two modules per term), then four modules and a research-based project during the final year; • Four-year mode in which students undertake four modules a year for the first three years, then four modules and a research-based project during the final year; • Five-year mode in which students undertake three modules a year for the first four years, then four modules and a research-based project during the final year. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a combination of joint and self-assessment and project-based assignments.

ISA/CRB checks Many of the work placements undertaken as part of this programme of study will require students to register with the Vetting and Barring Schemes. For full details of the Independent Safeguarding Authority guidelines, see page 220.

112

TYPICAL MODULES Level 1 • Individual Growth and Development • Working with Individuals • Informal Education • Groups and Group Work • Anti-discrimination • Sociology of Youth and Youth Culture • Concurrent Placement Level 2 • The Social Policy Context of Youth and Community Work • Working in a Community Context 1 • Managing Youth and Community Work 1 • Principles and Practices of Youth and Community Work • Managing Youth and Community Work 2 • Staff Development and Training • Concurrent Placement Level 3 • Sociology and Society • Working in a Community Context 2 • Drugs and Young People • Research Methods • Special Project • Concurrent Placement • Additional Work-based Placement

Contact Admissions Tutor, Nic Crowe School of Sport and Education Tel +44 (0)1895 267146 Email sse-ugcourses@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Youth and Community Studies

Conversion Programme

BA

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. COURSE CONTENT

ASSESSMENT

This course is a degree-level, in‑service professional education for early and mid-career youth and community workers and others undertaking social educative work in similar areas. It has been designed to answer the professional education and career development needs of youth and community workers who wish to extend their initial training into the knowledge and skill areas of their current role.

Assessment is by coursework, which involves practical assignments and written essays aimed at improving your professional practice.

The aim is to use and capitalise on students’ ongoing practical and professional experience and to equip them with the potential for an effective and successful career in youth and community work.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

2 years part-time distance learning (please apply directly to the University)

entry requirements Certificate, Diploma or DipHE in Youth and Community Work, or a related field.

TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates • Sociology and Society – the Sociological Perspective (core) • Research Methods (core) • Working in a Community Context • Drugs and Young People • Special Project (core)

113


Electronic and computer engineering

114

Brunel University

School of Engineering and Design


Rafiq graduated in Computer Systems Engineering in 2007

I came to Brunel University with an HND in Computing. I was keen to study at a well-established university with a good Engineering background. Now I can proudly say that Brunel has lived up to my expectations. The modules are interesting and cover current areas of study in Computer Systems, and the lecturers and staff are friendly and approachable. I graduated with a first class honours degree and was awarded the Graham Hawkes Prize and the University Prize for best final year project, along with the Brunel University Medal for achieving excellence. All this would not have been possible without the guidance, availability and support of my supervisor, as my final year project involved intensive programming. Overall, I have had a brilliant time at Brunel and gained useful skills, such as team working, time management and project management. If you are interested in Electronic and/or Computer Engineering then Brunel is the right place for you. I am currently pursuing my PhD programme at Brunel, where I am involved with RUSHES, an EU‑funded project. My research interests include decision support systems in an uncertain and complex world, automatic video image summarisation, annotation and retrieval. I was recently awarded the Best Presentation Award at the ReSCon Conference and have also contributed to several publications.

Annual Intake: 200 Why study Electronic and Computer Engineering at Brunel? ★★ General Engineering programmes at Brunel are rated 5th in the UK in the Guardian University Guide for 2009/10.

★★ Our students have excellent employment prospects.

Recent graduates have gone on to work for the BBC, Virgin Airways, Siemens and a variety of engineering companies.

★★ You may have the opportunity to work abroad as part of

your study or as a professional work placement – we have well-established links with France, Germany and Italy.

★★ Labs are very well-equipped, with extensive software and hardware contributed by our prestigious industrial collaborators.

★★ Many courses are accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET).

COURSES AT A GLANCE Electronic and Electrical Engineering BEng/MEng................ Page 116 Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Communications Systems) BEng............................................ Page 116 Electronic and Microelectronic Engineering BEng................ Page 118 Electronic and Computer Engineering MEng........................ Page 120 Electrical Engineering with Renewable Energy Systems MEng........................................... Page 121 Computer Systems Engineering BEng/MEng......................... Page 122 Internet Engineering BEng...................................................... Page 124 Mobile Computing BSc............................................................. Page 126 Communication Networks Engineering BEng/MEng............ Page 128 Multimedia Technology and Design BSc................................ Page 130 Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) BSc..................... Page 132

SEE ALSO: Foundations of Engineering....................................................Page 204

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

115


UCAS CODES BEng Electronic and Electrical Engineering BEng H600 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H602 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Communications Systems) BEng H640 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H621 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

entry requirements BEng GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Maths and Grade C in a Science or Engineering subject at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points, including 5 points in Maths (excluding Maths Studies) at Standard Level and in a Science subject at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM including Distinction in a Maths module and Merit in either Electrical or Electronic Principles (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Engineering, Computing or Science subject, with average of Merits in all units, including Merit in Maths at Level 3. All others considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor

116

Electronic and Electrical Engineering BEng/MEng Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Communications Systems) BEng Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

BEng COURSE CONTENT The world of electronics evolves so rapidly that you need to understand the fundamental principles of underlying technologies, be skilled in their application and be able to adapt rapidly to technological changes throughout your career. These courses aim to give you a broad understanding together with a high level of analytical and engineering design skills with the opportunity to specialise in the final year. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a variety of methods depending on your degree and choice of modules, but generally includes traditional examinations, case studies, written, practical and creative design assignments, laboratory work and presentations. Equal

emphasis is put on teamwork and individual contribution in assessed group projects and presentations. WORK PLACEMENTS A wide variety of companies offer placements and in some cases sponsorship, in, for example, the fields of power generation, satellite design and construction and IC design. Many companies have sponsored our students after they have completed their sandwich placement. Sponsorship helps you financially, but this close link with industry can also support you in your academic studies and particularly your final year project. CAREERS You will have a wide choice of careers in the mainstream electronic and electrical industries and in other engineering and ‘hightech’ fields. The majority of our graduates move

Contact Admissions Tutor, Prof John Stonham School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 265814 Email sed.ug.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


into research, development or manufacturing companies – a choice many make when accepting a company’s sponsorship – but opportunities exist in most professional spheres such as computing, medicine, finance, management and the media. ACCREDITATION This course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET). MEng AND BEng OPTIONS If you enter the BEng route, you can transfer to the MEng programme at the end of Level 2 by obtaining an average of 60% at that level (for Electronic and Electrical Engineering only). TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Electronic Engineering Mathematics • Devices and Circuits • Digital Systems and Microprocessors • Systems and Processing • Engineering Science, Systems and Society • Level 1 Electronic Engineering Workshop Level 2 Core • Electronic and Energy Systems • Digital Control and Interfacing • Communications and Signals • Computer Architecture and Digital Systems • Quality Engineering and Management • Level 2 Electronic Design Workshop (Group and Individual Design and Build Projects)

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Level 3 • Major Project (core) • Advanced Electronics (core) • Digital Communications Systems (core Communications Systems) • Multimedia Digital Signal Processing • Advanced Digital Systems • Design of Intelligent Systems • Control Systems • Power Electronics and Systems • Digital VLSI Systems Design • Law, Business and Enterprise for Engineers

MEng COURSE CONTENT For information about course content and structure, careers and accreditation, see the BEng route description on the opposite page. In addition to the BEng content and structure, you will study for a further year (Level 4), bringing your degree up to Master’s standard. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 4 • Major Group Project (core) • Research Methods and Case Study (core) • Law, Business and Enterprise for Engineers (core) • Digital VLSI Design • Embedded Systems Engineering • Sustainable Power Generation • Power Electronics and FACTS • Advanced Digital Communications • Wireless Network Technologies

UCAS CODES MEng Electronic and Electrical Engineering MEng H601 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) H603 (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

entry requirements MEng GCE A and AS-level 370 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Maths and in a Science or Engineering subject at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 370 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 34 points, including 6 points in Maths (excluding Maths Studies) at Standard Level and in a Science subject at Higher Level BTEC ND DDD including Distinction in a Maths module and in either Electrical or Electronic Principles, together with either 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Engineering, Computing or Science subject, with average of Distinctions in all units, including Distinction in Maths at Level 3. All others considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor

117


UCAS CODES H618 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H619 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Maths and Grade C in a Science or Engineering subject at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points, including 5 points in Maths (excluding Maths Studies) at Standard Level and in a Science or Engineering subject at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM including Distinction in a Maths module and Merit in either Electrical or Electronic Principles (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Engineering, Computing or Science subject, with average of Merits in all units, including Merit in Maths at Level 3. All others considered on an individual basis.

Electronic and Microelectronic Engineering BEng Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

COURSE AIMS AND CONTENT

ASSESSMENT

The world of electronics is evolving so rapidly that the devices and techniques that are new today will be tools you are expected to understand and use by the time you graduate. You therefore need to understand the fundamental principles underlying the technologies, be skilled in their application and able to adapt rapidly to technological changes throughout your career.

Assessment is by a variety of methods, but generally includes a combination of traditional examination, case study, written, practical and creative design assignments, laboratory work and presentations. Equal emphasis is put on teamwork and individual contribution in assessed group projects and presentations.

This course aims to give you an advanced level of knowledge and skills in the design of the complex electronic and microelectronic systems which are enabling the information revolution. You will take the same core modules at Level 1 as Electronic and Electrical Engineering students, which will give you a broad understanding together with a high level of analytical and engineering design skills. You begin to specialise in microelectronics at Level 2 and into Level 3, with a greater emphasis on understanding integrated circuit design, software and system design.

A wide variety of companies offer placements to our students in the fields of, for example, IC design, satellite design and construction, computer systems and software engineering. Many companies sponsor our students after they have completed their placement, which not only helps you financially, but can support your studies and particularly your final year project.

All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor

118

WORK PLACEMENTS

CAREERS You will have a wide choice of careers in mainstream electronic and microelectronic industries and in other engineering, computing and ‘high-tech’ fields. The majority of our graduates move into research, development or manufacturing companies.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Prof John Stonham School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 265814 Email sed.ug.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


ACCREDITATION This course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET). TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Electronic Engineering Mathematics • Devices and Circuits • Digital Systems and Microprocessors • Systems and Programming • Engineering Science, Systems and Society • Level 1 Electronic Engineering Workshop Level 2 Core • Electronic Systems and Interfacing • Communications and Signals • Object-Oriented Software and Systems Design • Computer Architecture and Digital Systems • Quality Engineering and Management • Microelectronic Design Workshop Level 3 • Major Project (core) • Advanced Electronics (core) • Digital VLSI Systems Design (core) • Digital Communication Systems • Multimedia Digital Signal Processing • Advanced Digital Systems • Software Engineering and Technology • Design of Intelligent Systems • Distributed Systems and Computing • Law, Business and Enterprise for Engineers

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Brunel’s electronics facilities comprise several well‑equipped labs, and include full PCB production capabilities.

119


UCAS CODES Meng HGP4 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) HG6L (5 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Electronic and Computer Engineering MEng Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements MEng GCE A and AS-level 370 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Maths and in a Science or Engineering subject at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS‑level only) Advanced Diploma 370 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 34 points, including 6 points in Maths (excluding Maths Studies) at Standard Level and in a Science subject at Higher Level BTEC ND DDD including Distinction in a Maths module and in either Electrical or Electronic Principles, together with either 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Engineering, Computing or Science subject, with average of Distinctions in all units, including Distinction in Maths at Level 3. All others considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor

COURSE CONTENT

Level 1 Core

This course aims to develop a strong theoretical background for the future of electronics, microelectronics and computer systems. It also provides a detailed technical knowledge of current practice in electronic and computer hardware and makes use of our facilities for electronics, sensors, computer systems, networks and signal processing.

• Electronic Engineering Mathematics • Digital Systems and Microprocessors • Systems and Programming • Devices and Circuits • Engineering Science, Systems and Society • Level 1 Electronic Engineering Workshop

We aim to train professional engineers to design, integrate and develop technological solutions for the next generation of computer systems.

• Electronic Systems and Interfacing • Communications and Signals • Object-Oriented Software and Systems Design • Computer Architecture and Digital Systems • Quality Engineering and Management • Electronic Engineering Workshop

ASSESSMENT Assessment includes traditional and multiple choice examinations, laboratory work, case studies, coursework, projects and oral presentations.

Level 3

Industrial placements are highly recommended. A wide variety of companies offer placements, and in some cases sponsorship.

• Individual Project (core) • Advanced Electronics • Advanced Digital Systems • Multimedia Signal Processing • Digital Communication Systems • Software Engineering and Technology

CAREERS

Level 4 (Core)

There is a strong demand for graduates who can work at the boundary between software and hardware. Opportunities include careers in the communications, automotive systems, aerospace, medical and financial sectors.

• Law, Business and Enterprise for Engineers • Digital VLSI Design • Embedded Systems Engineering • Research Methods and Case Studies • Group Project and Project Management

WORK PLACEMENTS

TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for updates

120

Level 2 Core

Plus option modules taken from Electronic and Electrical Engineering MEng (page 117)

Contact Admissions Tutor, Prof John Stonham School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 265814 Email sed.ug.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Electrical Engineering with Renewable Energy Systems MEng Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. COURSE CONTENT This unique programme offers a synergy between power systems management and the application of sustainable energy resources. On completion, you will be able to apply your skills to the design, integration, development, operation and management of technological solutions for modern electric power and power electronic systems.

• Level 1 Electronic Engineering Workshop Level 2 Core • Electronic and Energy Systems • Digital Control and Interfacing • Communications and Signals • Computer Architecture and Digital Systems • Quality Engineering and Management • Electrical Engineering Workshop

ASSESSMENT

Level 3 Core

Assessment includes traditional and multiple choice examinations, laboratory work, case studies, coursework, projects and oral presentations.

• Advanced Electronics • Sustainable Power System Management • Power Electronics and Systems • Control Systems • Individual Project

WORK PLACEMENTS

Level 4

Industrial placements are highly recommended. A wide variety of companies offer placements, and in some cases sponsorship.

• Law, Business and Enterprise for Engineers (core) • Research Methods and Case Studies (core) • Group Project and Project Management (core) • Sustainable Power Generation • Power System Analysis and Security • Power System Stability and Control • Energy Economics and Power Markets • Power Electronics and FACTS • Renewable Energy Technologies • Sustainable Development and Energy Use • Energy in Transport and Industry • Environmental Legislation • Energy and Environmental Review and Audit • Environmental Impact and Risk Assessment

CAREERS Considering the challenges facing the electricity industry, a new generation of engineers is in high demand. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for updates Level 1 Core • Electronic Engineering Mathematics • Digital Systems and Microprocessors • Systems and Programming • Devices and Circuits • Engineering Science, Systems and Society

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

UCAS CODES Meng H6H2 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) H6HF (5 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

entry requirements MEng GCE A and AS-level 370 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Maths and in a Science or Engineering subject at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 370 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 34 points, including 6 points in Maths (excluding Maths Studies) at Standard Level and in a Science or Engineering subject at Higher Level BTEC ND DDD including Distinction in a Maths module and in either Electrical or Electronic Principles, together with either 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Engineering, Computing or Science subject, with average of Distinctions in all units, including Distinction in Maths at Level 3. All others considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor

121


UCAS CODES BEng Computer Systems engineering BEng GH56 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) GH5P (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Computer Systems Engineering BEng/MEng Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements BEng

BEng

GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including a Science or Engineering subject and preferably Maths at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only)

COURSE AIMS AND CONTENT

Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points, including 5 points in Maths (excluding Maths Studies) at Standard Level or in a Science or Engineering subject at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM including Distinction in a Maths module (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Engineering, Computing or Science subject, with average of Merits in all units, including Merit in Maths at Level 3. All others considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor

122

The aim of this course is to produce creative and flexible professional engineers with the skills to design the next generation of computer systems. The rapidly-changing nature of the underlying technology means that you need to understand state-of-the-art developments in hardware and software, and have the skills to design computer systems and networks in every area of commerce and industry. The course comprises four main themes: • Programming and Software Engineering; • Computer Architecture; • Data Communications; • Digital and Electronic Systems Design. Level 1 modules are similar to those offered to Electronic Engineering students, plus you will take modules and workshops in computing and Internet technologies. Specialisation continues at Level 2, and at Level 3 you will pursue your particular interests further through your selection from a list of topics and your major project.

ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a variety of methods depending on your degree programme and choice of modules, but generally includes a combination of traditional examination, case studies, written, practical and creative design assignments, laboratory work and presentations. Equal emphasis is put on teamwork and individual contribution in assessed group projects and presentations. WORK PLACEMENTS Work experience enables students to sample the diversity of computer systems engineering industries. Many companies have sponsored our students after they have completed their sandwich placement. Sponsorship not only helps you financially but the close links with industry can support you in your academic studies and particularly with your final year project. CAREERS The unprecedented demand for engineers able to design reliable and efficient computer systems means that graduates with training

Contact Admissions Tutor, Prof John Stonham School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 265814 Email sed.ug.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


in this discipline are likely to have excellent opportunities in such diverse fields as finance, leisure, media, marketing and all forms of engineering and computer industries. ACCREDITATION This course is accredited by the Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET). MEng AND BEng OPTIONS You can transfer to the MEng programme from the BEng at the end of Level 2 by obtaining an average of 60% at that level. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Computer Systems Mathematics • Digital Systems and Microprocessors • Systems and Programming • Internet Technologies and Web Site Design • Scripting and Web Applications • Computer Systems Workshop Level 2 • Digital Control and Interfacing • Data Networks, Services and Security • Object-Oriented Software and Systems Design • Computer Architecture and Digital Systems • Quality Engineering and Management • Computer Systems Engineering Workshop

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Level 3 • Individual Project • Distributed Systems and Computing • Software Engineering and Technology • Advanced Digital Systems • Network Design and Advanced Data Security

UCAS CODES MEng Computer Systems engineering MEng G600 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) GH5Q (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

entry requirements MEng MEng COURSE CONTENT For information about course content and structure, careers and accreditation, see the BEng description opposite. In addition you will study for a further year (Level 4), bringing your degree up to Master’s level. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 4 • Group Project (core) • Research Methods and Case Studies (core) • Business and Enterprise for Engineers (core) • Intelligent Signal Processing • Embedded Systems Engineering • Network Design and Management • Biomedical Applications • Digital Broadcast Technologies • eBusiness and mBusiness Strategies • XML Enterprise Technologies • Grid Middleware Technologies

GCE A and AS-level 370 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including a Science or Engineering subject and preferably Maths at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 370 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 34 points, including 5 points in Maths (excluding Maths Studies) at Standard Level or in a Science or Engineering subject at Higher Level BTEC ND DDD including Distinction in a Maths module, together with either 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Engineering, Computing or Science subject, with average of Distinctions in all units, including Distinction in Maths at Level 3. All others considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor

123


UCAS CODES HG66 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) HG6K (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Internet Engineering

BEng

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including a Maths, Science or Engineering subject at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points, including Maths (excluding Maths Studies) at Standard Level or a Science or Engineering subject at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM, including a Maths module (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Engineering, Computing or Science subject. All others considered on an individual basis. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor

124

COURSE AIMS AND CONTENT

ASSESSMENT

This multidisciplinary course brings together skills in computer systems, multimedia authoring, internet development, computing and communications. It aims to meet the needs of this fast-changing industry and will develop your knowledge, understanding and capabilities in the range of disciplines involved in the area of internet engineering.

Assessment is by a variety of methods depending on your degree programme and choice of modules, but generally includes a combination of traditional examination, case study, written, practical and creative design assignments, laboratory work and presentations. Equal emphasis is put on teamwork and individual contribution in assessed group projects and presentations.

The course comprises four main themes: • Data Communications Systems and Technology; • Internet Multimedia Content Creation and Management; • Internet Programming and Software Engineering; • Digital and Computer Systems. At Level 1 you will study the core modules offered in common with the Mobile Computing course. At Level 2 you will begin to specialise, and at Level 3 you can select modules from a range of options according to your particular interests. You will also undertake a major project in the area of internet engineering.

WORK PLACEMENTS A wide variety of companies both in type and size offer placement opportunities in the areas of computer systems, software engineering, mobile phones, network support, web support and multimedia. Our industrial placement officers report that half to two-thirds of current placements are in the computing and IT area. Many companies have sponsored our students after they have completed their sandwich placement. Sponsorship not only helps you financially but the close links with industry can support you in your academic studies and particularly with your final year project.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Prof John Stonham School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 265814 Email sed.ug.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


CAREERS Graduates with training in this discipline will have career opportunities in diverse fields including finance, leisure, media and marketing as well as in internet, communications and computer systems engineering industries. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Computer Systems Mathematics • Systems and Programming • Internet Technologies and Website Design • Digital Systems and Microprocessors • Scripting and Web Applications • Computer Systems Workshop Level 2 Core • Data Networks, Services and Security • Object-Oriented Software and Systems Design • Computer Architecture and Digital Systems • Web Applications and Multimedia Data Delivery • Quality Engineering and Management • Internet Engineering Workshops Level 3 • Major Project (core) • Distributed Systems and Computing (core) • Advanced Network Design and Security (core) • Databases for Multimedia Applications • Wireless Data Communication Systems • Software Engineering and Technology • Law, Business and Enterprise for Engineers

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Joe graduated in Internet Engineering and is now an Emerging Talent Graduate at Vodafone.

Brunel has much to offer. The fact that it is so close to London was very important to me, as it meant I was living in the capital, but could still escape to the quiet life in Uxbridge when necessary. The course is unique to Brunel and would suit anyone who is excited about new technologies, and I found that Brunel’s name is wellrecognised among employers for being a top university when it comes to engineering. I attribute most of my post-graduation success to my final year project as it gave me the web development skills that eventually turned out to be crucial in my career. The three employers I have worked for since graduating all said that my project impressed them a great deal. I also undertook a one-year placement with Hewlett-Packard in Sweden. After graduation, I was offered a position with Vodafone in their Global Technology Rotation Programme, working on exciting projects all over Europe before being permanently placed. It was a very tough interview process and I used a lot of the knowledge I had learnt on my degree course. This would not have been possible without Brunel’s inspirational lectures and some specific taught modules.

125


UCAS CODES G530 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G531 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Mobile Computing

BSc

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements

COURSE AIMS AND CONTENT

GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, preferably including IT/Computing (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only)

The aim of this course is to respond to the growing demand for mobile application engineers – the specialist architects, designers and implementers of mobile internet and enterprise ‘eSystems’.

Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Engineering including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points, preferably including an IT or Computing Subject at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Engineering, Computing or Science subject. All others considered on an individual basis. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

Mobile Computing is an IT course that aims to develop graduates with the necessary understanding and skills to build mobile internet and business computing applications using the latest technologies. It is concerned with ‘mobile internet computing’ and the underpinning technologies that support it. If you are excited by the opportunities presented by this fast-changing field, this course will tell you how to design, develop and deploy the next generation of mobile and internet applications. Mobile Computing addresses the rising demand for practitioners who are able to develop systems in this era of ‘Any Device, Any Time, Anywhere’ computing and communications. You will learn: • to understand the architecture of mobile and internet-based applications;

126

• how to design such applications; • to be capable of developing such applications. The course comprises the following themes: • mobile and internet technologies; • software design and implementation; • networks and systems infrastructure; • applications and systems integration. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a variety of methods, but in general will include a combination of traditional and multiple choice examinations, practical laboratory reports, case-studies, coursework, projects and oral presentations at both the individual and group level. WORK PLACEMENTS Industrial placements are an integral part of studying at Brunel and are highly recommended. Previous students have undertaken placements with such companies as Kodak, Avco Systems, BT, Corus, Logica, Gillette and Thales Acoustics.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Prof John Stonham School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 265814 Email sed.ug.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


CAREERS A graduate with the mobile, internet and software skills offered by this course will find employment in a wide range of careers such as software applications and development, mobile and internet systems, eCommerce, telecommunications and logistics to name but a few. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Computer Systems Mathematics • Internet Technologies and Website Design • Systems and Programming • Digital Systems and Microprocessors • Scripting and Web Applications • Computer Systems Workshop Level 2 Core • Data Networks, Services and Security • Object-Oriented Software and Systems Design • Mobile Information Device Programming • Informatics • eSystems Technologies • Electronic Enterprise Systems Level 3 • Major Project (core) • Wireless Data Communications Systems (core) • eSystems Development (core) • XML Technologies (core) • Software Engineering and Technology • Distributed Systems and Computing • Network Design and Advanced Data Security

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

127


UCAS CODES BEng H646 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H648 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Communication Networks Engineering BEng/MEng

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements BEng GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Maths and Grade C in a Science or Engineering subject at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points, including 5 points in Maths (excluding Maths Studies) at Standard Level and in a Science subject at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM including Distinction in a Maths module and Merit in either Electrical or Electronic Principles (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Engineering, Computing or Science subject, with average of Merits in all units, including Merit in Maths at Level 3. All others considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

128

BEng COURSE CONTENT This degree programme delivers the broad range of engineering principles needed for telecommunications and shows how these are applied to communication networks engineering through specific case studies. Level 1 is concerned with the fundamentals of engineering while providing an introduction to communication networks engineering. This focus is developed with an introductory course on communication networks engineering principles. Specialist modules are developed in Levels 2 and 3. Communication industries feature heavily in the degree programme by providing specialist lectures, project work and site visits to leading companies to see how communication networks best practice is applied in the real world. This broad-based course aims to produce the next generation of engineering graduates who will have a detailed understanding of

approaches to designing and developing technology for the future network communication industry. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a variety of methods, but in general will include a combination of traditional and multiple choice examinations, practical laboratory reports, case studies, coursework, projects and oral presentations at both the individual and group level. WORK PLACEMENTS Industrial placements are an integral part of studying at Brunel and are highly recommended. A large number of our current and past students have been placed within companies such as Nokia, Motorola, Samsung, Vodafone and O2. CAREERS This is a unique course in the UK. The flourishing marketplace for mobile networks has meant that telecommunications companies and operators (for example Nokia, Motorola, Samsung, Vodafone and O2) are making their largest profits

Contact Admissions Tutor, Prof John Stonham School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 265814 Email sed.ug.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


UCAS CODES MEng H647 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H645 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

in this sector. Therefore, careers in this exciting employment field have never been better. MEng AND BEng OPTIONS If you enter the BEng route, you can transfer to the MEng programme at the end of Level 2 by obtaining an average of 60% at that level.

Level 3 Core • Reconfigurable Computing for Communications • Digital Communications Systems • Network Design and Advanced Security • Intelligent Communications and Network Optimisation • Final Project / Dissertation

GCE A and AS-level 370 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Maths and in a Science or Engineering subject at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only)

MEng

BTEC ND DDD including Distinction in a Maths module and in either Electrical or Electronic Principles together with either 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details)

TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Electronic Engineering Mathematics • Devices and Circuits • Digital Systems and Microprocessors • Scripting and Web Applications • Systems and Programming • Level 1 Electronic Engineering Workshop Level 2 Core • Law, Business and Enterprise for Engineers • Object-Oriented Systems and Software Design • Wireless Communications • Signals and Communication Systems • Maths for Communications Engineering • Communications Workshop

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

entry requirements MEng

COURSE CONTENT For information about the content of this course, see the BEng route description opposite. In addition to the BEng content and structure, you will study for a further year (Level 4), bringing your degree up to Master’s level. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 4 Core • Wireless Network Technologies • Advanced Mobile Systems • Advanced Digital Communications • Research Methods and Case Study • Group Project

Advanced Diploma 370 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 34 points, including 6 points in Maths (excluding Maths Studies) at Standard Level and in a Science subject at Higher Level

Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in an Engineering, Computing or Science subject, with average of Distinctions in all units, including Distinction in Maths at Level 3. All others considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

129


UCAS CODES H6W2 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H6WG (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Multimedia Technology and Design BSc Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (Arts and humanities subjects, science subjects or a combination are acceptable, and although not a requirement, we particularly encourage applicants studying art or creative design qualifications such as Design and Technology, Art, Photography and Music and/ or students studying ICT-oriented programmes. (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Creative Media or Information Technology, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points BTEC ND DDM (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Access Pass in an Art, Design, Computing or Media subject, with average of Merits in all units. All others considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

130

COURSE AIMS AND CONTENT This unique multidisciplinary course brings together creative design with advanced media technologies by integrating aspects of visual design, media technologies, computer technologies, marketing, usability and communication. The course aims to train individuals who can make an immediate contribution to the multimedia industries, whether as employees, freelancers or entrepreneurs. The course requires no specific subject background, but does require a strong interest in creative design and in using technology to bring your designs through to realisation. You will use the latest technology housed in purpose-built workshop space. At Levels 1 and 2, design workshops, in conjunction with hands-on sessions in the studio, play a central role in consolidating your technological understanding, and developing your design and creative skills. We adopt a wide variety of teaching and learning methods, many of which are delivered through workshop sessions. Our links with industry also play a key role in our delivery, with external companies delivering relevant guest lectures, and setting live project briefs. Final year students in particular will contribute to the Made in

Brunel brand and exhibition (www.madeinbrunel.com) with opportunities to conduct a large scale, professional project, supported by the University and industry. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a variety of methods, including practical and creative design assignments, presentations, written work and traditional examinations. A number of assessments on the course will also have been developed with input from external companies. WORK PLACEMENTS Many students opt for the four‑year thick-sandwich course, and thus undertake a full year’s paid placement during their third year of study. Students work in a wide variety of fields including web design/development, motion graphics, 3D, video production, animation, marketing, eCommerce and usability design. The second year of study is, in part, intended to facilitate students gaining placements, with a focus on portfolio creation. In addition, students enjoy guest lectures from industry and participate in live briefs for external companies. Students have previously been on placement to large companies such as Sony, Disney

Contact Admissions Tutor, Prof John Stonham School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 265814 Email sed.ug.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


and Microsoft, digital agencies such as Dare Digital and Reading Room and animation companies such as Wurmser TV Graphics and Three Blind Mice. Brunel’s West London location places us within one of the world’s largest creative communities, thus offering students excellent work placement opportunities. CAREERS The course has a large number of possible career outcomes, and we have one of the strongest track records within the University for our graduates finding employment in the same sector as their degree. Previous students have become information architects, motion graphics designers, user experience architects, web designers/developers, 3D graphics animators, branding and marketing specialists, casual games designers/developers and digital managers. They have gone on to work for companies as diverse as Dare Digital, LBI, Lightmaker, Xerox, IBM, Sega, Hallmark and Reading Room. Many work for highly creative, digital agencies with quite small employee numbers, others work for departments within larger corporations. A number of students work freelance or have founded their own companies. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Digital Media Design • Multimedia Studios • Internet and Web Technologies • Systems and Computing Level 2 Core • Design Practice • Imaging • Time Based Media • Interaction • Web Applications • Communication Level 3 • Major Project (core) • Digital Media Production Management (core) • Sound and Music Production for Mixed Media • 3D Graphics, Virtual Reality and Animation • Image in Motion • Emergent Multimedia Technologies • Multimedia Databases

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Holly is a Multimedia Technology and Design student and is currently on an extended placement at a leading insurance and financial services organisation.

I originally chose my course with the aim of becoming a game designer. However, having experienced the vast range of subjects on the course I eventually found my niche in graphic design. Since starting at Brunel I feel that I have really developed both as a person and a professional. I am now working in a collaborative environment at the world-leading financial company Allianz. Brunel has provided a gateway for my career development. In my first year I managed to secure a place on the Shell STEP scheme, usually only open to second and third year students. As a result I was invited to be a guest speaker for the Knowledge Exchange conference in London. Then, in my placement year, I entered the Telegraph/Bosch Technology Horizons competition, and became one of the winning entrants, published in the Telegraph newspaper! I have been offered a permanent position at Allianz, and have decided to work there for a further year in order to save up for the rest of my degree.

131


UCAS CODES HW62 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) HW6F (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) BSc Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification in either arts and humanities, sciences or a combination (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted at AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Creative Media or Information Technology, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points BTEC ND DDM (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Access Pass in an Art, Design, Computing or Media subject, with average of Merits in all units. All others considered on an individual basis. All applicants are required to attend an interview before a formal offer is made. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

132

COURSE AIMS AND CONTENT

CAREERS

This unique multidisciplinary course aims to develop graduates with the ability to produce creative content to a professional standard for the digital TV industry. The programme aims to provide students with multiple and hybrid skills and aptitudes. There is no other programme in the UK that will truly develop both the technology and creative skill required for this industry.

Creative industries are growing at 6% per year, but TV industries are growing at 16% per year, with average growth across all sectors at 4%.

In a course directed at real hands-on practice rather than simulation or theoretical work, you will be spending much of your time in a custom-designed, integrated TV studio and post-production suite, both of which only use High Definition formats. Our broadcast facility will allow you to capture and manipulate high definition video and 3D video, then test your creative work through live broadcast over a 20km radius. Our professional-quality equipment is in some aspects more advanced than that used in the industry today. This is one of the many advantages of our internationally recognised excellence in broadcast technology research.

“There is a high demand in today’s post-production industry for a new generation of up-and-coming professionals. The industry needs graduates who have a combination of cross-platform, multi-discipline understanding mixed with strong hands-on practical knowledge”, said David McNulty, a post-production artist currently working on film titles from Columbia Pictures and Warner Bros. Our links with industry, through industrial research, consultancy and work placement schemes, mean that graduates will be well placed to enter the dynamic world of digital TV. WORK PLACEMENTS The course has an extensive range of industrial contacts that form an integrated network, and provide the potential for placements in a diverse range of industrial positions from technical to more creative placements. Links include Sky, Microsoft, No-Brake, Motion Picture Company, Dare Digital,

Contact Admissions Tutor, Prof John Stonham School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 265814 Email sed.ug.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Sony, Capital FX, IBM (UK) Laboratories, Rank Xerox, Telecoms TV, Escape Studios, The Indestructible Production Company, Lightmaker Group PLC, Lobster Studio and Microsoft. ASSESSMENT Assessment is by a variety of methods, including traditional exam, case studies, written, practical and creative design assignments, laboratory work and presentations. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Film Style • Systems and Computing • Digital TV Process and Practice • Digital Media Design • Studio Group Project Level 2 Core • Motion Graphics • Design Practice for Broadcast • Post-Production and Compositing • Communication • 3D Design and Animation Level 3 • Major Project (core) • Digital Media Production Management (core) • Advanced Motion Graphics and Post Production (core) • Broadcast Technology • Image in Motion • Motion Capture and Advanced 3D Animation • Interactive TV Service Design and Broadcast

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Tom graduated in Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) in 2009.

The time I have spent at Brunel has been productive and thoroughly rewarding. My course taught a perfect mix of technological and design disciplines, which let us express ourselves freely through our work. This established a healthy and creative working atmosphere. The teaching staff were always at hand to impart invaluable advice. The most valuable thing I feel I will take away from Brunel is an entirely new method of thinking; ideas are no longer an unattainable possibility but rather begin as a concept and progress through development to the final, and most importantly achievable, production. I have many aspirations for the future and I feel that my degree will enable me to begin a career in a number of different areas of the broadcasting and media industries. After some time spent travelling I hope to begin working in the television or games industry with particular focus on audio production and 3D animation.

133


Health Sciences and Social Care

134

Brunel University

School of Health Sciences and Social Care


Emma is a final year Physiotherapy student and the 2009 UK U23 and British Universities champion over 1500m. I have really enjoyed my time at Brunel. I am a sports scholar so enjoy benefits such as free access to the fantastic facilities in the indoor athletics centre, Lucozade supplements and a grant. The grant has been extremely helpful in paying some of my travelling costs to and from training in Aldershot where my training partners and coach are based. The University has been very supportive of my running and I love competing for Brunel as we have a very motivated athletics team that seems to be getting better every year! There is great team spirit and comradeship which is great as long distance running can sometimes be a lonely sport! My degree is quite challenging and I have to work a lot of hours. It can be hard to balance with training, especially when I am on placement. However the University has been brilliant in trying to organise placements as near to training as possible, which I am extremely grateful for. I would highly recommend the physiotherapy course and athletics at Brunel, and I feel proud wearing those blue and yellow colours out on the track!

Annual Intake: 530 Why study Health and Social Care at Brunel? ★★ With its five academic divisions of Physiotherapy,

Occupational Therapy, Biosciences, Social Work and Health Studies/Community Health, the School of Health Sciences and Social Care is one of the largest at Brunel, offering modern, flexible courses.

★★ The majority of our courses take full advantage of the

School’s strong links with industry, commerce, and public service organisations through work experience placements. As a result, our graduates become fit for the world of work and are highly employable.

★★ The School has over 100 academic staff and 20 support

staff involved in the delivery of research-led teaching and research activity. Research carried out within the School has not only advanced understanding, but also informed changes and developments, through implementation of findings, to the benefit of those using health and social care services.

★★ In 2006, the School moved to a new, purpose-built

building, reflecting the University’s investment in the future growth and development of the School and of our staff and students.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Biomedical Sciences BSc................................................................. Page 136 Biomedical Sciences (Biochemistry) BSc....................................... Page 136 Biomedical Sciences (Forensics) BSc.............................................. Page 136 Biomedical Sciences (Genetics) BSc............................................... Page 136 Biomedical Sciences (Human Health) BSc..................................... Page 136 Biomedical Sciences (Immunology) BSc........................................ Page 136 Occupational Therapy BSc............................................................. Page 138 Physiotherapy BSc........................................................................... Page 140

Emma is pictured with Dame Kelly Holmes, who works with Emma as part of her mentoring initiative ‘On Camp with Kelly’, at Kelly’s honorary graduation ceremony at Brunel in 2009.

Social Work BA................................................................................ Page 142 Social Work BA (Part-time Employment Route).......................... Page 143 Specialist Social Work (Adults) BA................................................ Page 144 Specialist Social Work (Children and Families) BA....................... Page 144 Specialist Community Public Health Nursing BSc........................ Page 146

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

135


UCAS CODES Biomedical Sciences BSc

C900 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) C901 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Biomedical Sciences (Biochemistry) BSc

C722 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) C723 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Biomedical Sciences (Forensic) BSc

F410 F411

(3 YEARS FULL-TIME) (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Biomedical Sciences (Genetics) BSc

C400 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) C401 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Biomedical Sciences (Human Health) BSc

B990 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) B991 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Biomedical Sciences (Immunology) BSc

C550 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) C551 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, preferably including a biological subject (General Studies/ Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma No subjects currently accepted IBDP 32 points, including 5 points in Biology at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass in a related subject For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutors.

136

Biomedical Sciences BSc This course is available via a variety of pathways (see left). Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. COURSE CONTENT These courses aim to build your understanding of the main subject areas in biomedical sciences, including genetics, cell and molecular biology, biochemistry, immunology and anatomy/physiology as related to human health, disease and treatment, with special emphasis on how cellular changes may lead to effects on the whole body. The modern biomedical scientist needs to be familiar with a wide range of disciplines and this is why our Biomedical Sciences degrees provide all students with a robust grounding in core subject areas. The themed degree pathways and module options give you the opportunity to develop your own programme according to your interests and career aspirations. Level 1 is core for all pathways, and gives a grounding in cellular and biochemical processes. Practical lab skills and research skills (IT, communication, information retrieval/analysis, etc) modules are included to prepare you for the practical nature of the subject, and to give you a taster of the various pathway options.

From Level 2 onwards, the optional modules allow you to follow the degree pathway which most reflects your interests and strengths. In addition, by selecting a particular pathway, you can gain specialist knowledge in your chosen subject area. At Level 2, we introduce more formally the biochemical and molecular processes which are altered in various human diseases. The Professional Skills modules develop employability skills alongside the practical skills needed for each pathway. With the exception of the Biochemistry pathway, all programmes have an optional module choice. At Level 3, you are given as much choice as possible to allow you to follow your interests. For your major research project, you are likely to be associated with one of our research centres and your project will normally be clinically related. ASSESSMENT Assessment varies from one module to another. There are formal written examinations at the end of each year which may include a variety of elements, such as multiple choice questions,

CONTACT Admissions Tutor, Dr Mark Pook School of Health Sciences and Social Care Tel +44 (0)1895 267243 Email biosciences@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


essays, short answers, problem solving and data interpretation. Performance in laboratory classes and written laboratory reports is assessed each term through coursework. There are no practical examinations. WORK PLACEMENTS Our students have worked with a range of employers, including GlaxoSmithKline, Parexel International Ltd (a clinical trial data organisation), Harefield Heart Science Centre, Cancer Research UK, St Georges Hospital Medical School, the Forensic Science Service, the National Institute for Medical Research, the Health Protection Agency, the Rayne Institute and St Thomas’ Hospital. CAREERS Studying biomedical sciences will equip you with a range of transferable skills that will enable you to follow a variety of careers after graduation. We also give all our students the opportunity to develop the skills and competencies needed for employment through a unique, credit-rated module at Level 2, which is delivered in partnership with employers, the Careers Service and the work placement office. In recent years, graduates have found employment with a wide range of companies in both the public and private sectors. Some examples include the Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries, the Home Office Forensic Science Service, the Laboratory of the Government Chemist, various hospitals, Celltech Ltd, the National Institute for Medical Research, Unilever Research Ltd, Bass Breweries, the Chester Beatty

Research Institute, the Kennedy Institute of Rheumatology and GlaxoSmithKline. A substantial proportion of our graduates go on to obtain higher degrees by research or by study for further qualifications such as medicine, dentistry, ophthalmology or teaching. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Biology of the Cell • Biochemistry: Structure and Function • Anatomy and Physiology • Research Skills • Practical Skills In Biomedical Sciences Level 2 Core • Cellular, Molecular and Immunobiology • Principles of Human Disease • Professional Skills • Genetics and Development • Metabolic Regulation • Medical Microbiology • Analytical Biochemistry Level 3 • Final Year Project • Microbial Pathogenesis • Genomic Medicine • Medical Immunology • Medical Biochemistry • Forensic Technologies • Biology and Treatment of Cancer • Cellular Pathologies • Endocrine Disorders • Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology • Genomic Technologies

Admissions Tutor, Dr Anthony Tsolaki School of Health Sciences and Social Care Tel +44 (0)1895 266077 Email biosciences@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

137


UCAS CODE B920 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME, 4 YEARS PART-TIME)

Occupational Therapy BSc Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements

COURSE CONTENT

GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Biology, Human Biology, Psychology or Sociology at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only.)

The programme aims to prepare students to become competent occupational therapists equipped for lifelong safe and effective practice in a variety of settings within the global marketplace.

Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Society, Health and Development, including an A-level in Biology or Human Biology for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points including Biology, Human Biology or Psychology BTEC ND DDM in a health-related subject Access Pass in a relevant subject, including at least 65% of units with Merit or Distinction Mature students A high percentage of our intake are mature students, and these applicants are considered on individual merit, relevant work experience and evidence of recent academic achievement. Grade C at GCSE in both English and Maths is required. Part-time students In addition to the full‑time requirements, part-time students must have experience of working with people with disabilities or who have encountered social exclusion. ISA/CRB checks All students undertaking this programme of study will be required to register with the Vetting and Barring Schemes. For full details of the Independent Safeguarding Authority guidelines, see page 220. A satisfactory health declaration will also be required.

Students are taught the core skills and knowledge of occupational therapy, integrated with interprofessional issues and research. Periods of academic study on campus are interspersed with practice placements. Students are also encouraged to examine the evidence base of occupational therapy, concluding in the presentation of a research proposal.

academic aspects of the programme. Practical skills are taught in the state-ofthe-art Keep Living Suite, where you will develop skills including: the techniques of self-care and independence in all areas of daily life; the use of special equipment; the design of adaptations to suit a person’s environment; the management of therapeutic groups; interviewing and social skills training. You will also develop skills in creative, vocational and recreational activities and consider their use in treatment. ASSESSMENT AND TEACHING

The programme’s teaching, learning and assessment encourage reflection, self-reliance and deep learning, which prepares students for the challenges of employment within a changing health and social care system.

Teaching methods include seminars, tutorials, laboratory work, practical work, experimental work, lectures, supervised practice, case studies, workshops and peer teaching/learning. All methods of learning require the active participation of students, who will become increasingly independent learners as the programme progresses.

Staff use examples from their research and scholarship to illustrate the

The varied teaching methods are assessed by a range of methods including

For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

Contact

138

Senior Admissions Tutor, Christopher Bailey School of Health Sciences and Social Care Tel +44 (0)1895 268739 Email occupationaltherapy-ft@brunel.ac.uk (full-time), occupationaltherapy-pt@brunel.ac.uk (part-time) or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


essays, reports, presentations, portfolios and examinations. Students are also assessed on each practice placement and must pass these to graduate. PRACTICE PLACEMENTS Practice placements are central to occupational therapy education and the four placement modules are interspersed throughout the programme, encouraging the integration of theory and practice. Students have the opportunity to experience a variety of placements in health and social care and contemporary settings. However, each student’s experience will be slightly different, due to the huge variety of placements offered. The University’s location in Greater London not only enables students to experience a wide range of placements but also allows access to national centres of excellence and some international opportunities.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION The programme is approved by the Health Professions Council and accredited by the College of Occupational Therapists. Graduates are eligible to apply for registration with the Health Professions Council and membership of the British Association / College of Occupational Therapists. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Communication and Clinical Effectiveness • Practice Placement I • Occupational Therapy I • Occupational Performance • Professional Development Level 2 • Occupational Therapy II • Practice Placement II • Practice Placement III • Enabling Health and Well Being Through Occupation Level 3

CAREERS Occupational therapy has developed rapidly over the past decade and there are opportunities to work in the health and social care sector with people of all ages and all types of disability. More recently, the profession has seen rapid development in the voluntary sector, private practice, schools, prisons and industry.

• Professional Practice • Occupational Therapy III • Practice Placement IV • Research Proposal • Research Methods

Future developments are likely to be in vocational rehabilitation, medico-legal practice, forensic mental health and health promotion.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

139


UCAS CODE B160 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME, 4 YEARS

Physiotherapy

BSc

ACCELERATED PART-TIME)

(Part-time applicants should send their AR1 form directly to the Admissions Tutor for the part‑time course)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 points, which must include Grade B at A-level Biology/Human Biology, Grade B at A-level in at least one from a preferred list of subjects (see the web course entry for details) and Grade C at A-level in a subject of your choice. If required, the remaining points can come from an AS- or A-level of your choice, or from an Extended Project Qualification. (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only.) Advanced Diploma No subjects currently accepted IBDP 32 points, with at least three subjects at Higher level including 5 points in Higher Biology BTEC ND DDM in Health Studies or Sport and Exercise Science in addition to Grade B at A-level in Biology or Human Biology Access A minimum of 60 Level 3 credits and a Distinction profile. Relevant access courses only will be considered (check the web for further details). Applicants will be required to have a sound academic profile in addition to the Access qualification. Graduates All graduates with a 2.2 profile will be considered. Degrees must be underpinned by a sound academic profile; normally this must include Grade B at A-level in Human Biology or Biology. Open University Where applicants otherwise meet our entry criteria except that it is over four years since they last studied a biological science, a 70% minimum pass in a 30-credit Level 2 module in Human Biology will be considered. ISA/CRB checks All students undertaking this programme of study will be required to register with the Vetting and Barring Schemes. For full details of the Independent Safeguarding Authority guidelines, see page 220. A satisfactory health declaration will also be required. Clinical experience All applicants are advised to thoroughly research the profession prior to applying, including a review of careers literature such as the CSP website and observational work experience. All non-standard applicants are normally required to achieve Grade B at A-level or equivalent in Biology or Human Biology within four years prior to the start of the course.

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. For other academic routes, see the Physiotherapy web pages or email the relevant Physiotherapy Admissions Tutor. COURSE CONTENT This innovative and exciting degree programme is largely designed along thematic lines, ensuring that modules are complementary and provide you with the opportunity to build on your previous learning. The overriding aim is to prepare you for professional autonomy and excellence in practice. Some modules designed to examine professional issues and research skills are shared with Occupational Therapy students, and this helps create an appreciation of the roles of other members of the multidisciplinary health team. All students, regardless of their mode of study, complete the same modules as they progress through the programme. Study at Level 1 is generally campus-based. A variety of complementary modules provide the sound academic and practical-based skills required for clinical practice. Study in the remaining years combines further theory in the University with practical experience in health settings. Academic modules and clinical placement modules are alternated to ensure that students are fully prepared to optimise their learning in all their clinical placements. All students complete clinical education modules totalling 34 weeks of clinical experience. Part-time students will be required to attend all clinical education modules on a full‑time basis. The placement modules are facilitated by experienced Registered Physiotherapists and are delivered in a variety of health care settings. Some of the hospitals and specialised units are located close to the University campus, however others are at some distance, and students may find it necessary to be resident for some of their placements.

For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutors.

140

Contact Admissions Tutor (full-time non-standard applicants) Pam Shiers Tel +44 (0)1895 268839 Email physio.admftns@brunel.ac.uk


ASSESSMENT

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

A variety of assessment methods are used including examinations, essays, case presentations, practical work, literature reviews and a research proposal. You will also be assessed on each clinical placement and this will contribute to your final degree classification. All modules on this course are compulsory, and must therefore be passed to proceed to the next level of study.

Successful completion of this programme means you will be eligible to apply for registration with the Health Professions Council and practise as a physiotherapist in the UK (subject to CRB and Home Office Clearance). TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for further information Level 1

NHS BURSARIES All full-time UK / EU students will have their course fees paid by the NHS. Ten part‑time students will also have their course fees met by the NHS secondary to fulfilling specified criteria – refer to the Physiotherapy website for further details. Students in receipt of NHS fees will also be assessed for a means-tested maintenance grant. Please refer to www.nhsstudentgrants.co.uk for further information. CAREERS There are a number of career options such as specialist clinical positions within Hospital Trusts or in a community or GP setting. Many physiotherapists are also employed in the private sector including in hospitals, private practice or the sports and leisure industry. In addition to clinical work, physiotherapists may also be involved in research, education and management.

• Core Knowledge • Core Skills • Communication and Clinical Effectiveness • Musculoskeletal 1 • Cardio-pulmonary and Vascular Level 2 • Neurology • Musculoskeletal 2 and 3 • Clinical Education 1 and 2 • Rehabilitation and Health Promotion Level 3 • Clinical Education 3 and 4 • Professional Practice • Research Methods • Research Proposal (Refer to the website for further information.)

Admissions Tutor (full-time standard applicants), Alan Esnouf Tel +44 (0)1895 268757 Email alan.esnouf@brunel.ac.uk Admissions Tutor (all part-time applicants), Alyson Warland Tel +44 (0)1895 268851 Email physio.admpt@brunel.ac.uk

Richard is a Physiotherapy student, and holds a University Music Award.

I decided to choose Brunel mainly because of the reputation of the course, but also because of the amazing facilities on site. My course is pretty intense by most standards, but it has allowed me to meet some great people. All the lecturers are brilliant and, most importantly, willing to listen and admit when they are wrong (which isn’t often!). Even though employment prospects for physiotherapists in the NHS are very competitive at the moment, I feel my time at Brunel will help put me ahead of the competition. A passion of mine is exercise and the great gym facilities on campus have allowed me to continue to work out. Along with this, probably my biggest passion is music. I am currently a Music Award holder at Brunel, which has enabled me to have all my musical tuition paid for. The music life at the University is thriving with loads of choirs, both classical and contemporary, all the way to gospel. There is also a musical production once a year, which is always great fun. I have probably met some of my best friends at Brunel and if you want to go to a university where you can meet great people, leave with a degree from a respected establishment and try new activities, then Brunel is the place for you.

141


UCAS CODE L500 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME)

Social Work BA Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements

THE SOCIAL WORK PARTNERSHIP

GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points typically from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in a social science at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only.)

Our course is organised by a partnership group that includes Brunel’s Health and Social Care team and 12 London agencies, including local authorities and voluntary agencies.

Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Society, Health and Development, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning

COURSE STRUCTURE

IBDP 32 points, including 5 points in a Social Science subject at Higher level BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass in a relevant subject (such as Access to Social Work or Access to Social Sciences), including at least 65% of units with Merit or Distinction ISA/CRB checks All students undertaking this programme of study will be required to register with the Vetting and Barring Schemes. For full details of the Independent Safeguarding Authority guidelines, see page 220. All applicants must have at least six months’ relevant work experience*. Early application is recommended. All shortlisted applicants sit a short written exercise and are interviewed in groups.

You must be able to attend University and placements between 9am and 5pm each day. Year 1 will involve full-time attendance. The normal pattern for years 2 and 3 is two or three days a week at Brunel and two and a half or three days a week in placement, with some periods of block weeks. ASSESSMENT Placements are continuously assessed, culminating in a portfolio which you submit to the Social Work Division. Academic work is assessed through examinations and assignments. WORK PLACEMENTS

Mature students A high percentage of our intake are mature students, and these applicants are considered on an individual basis. Candidates must demonstrate the capacity to undertake the academic demands of the course and have substantial and relevant work experience*.

All students complete 200 days in placements. You will have a personal and practice tutor, as well as a trained practice educator in each placement. Seminars, tutorials and lectures are integrated with professional practice.

For more details, see the GSCC handbook, How to Qualify for Social Work.

*PRE-COURSE EXPERIENCE

For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Team.

142

If you are unable to gain paid experience as an unqualified or residential social worker, suitable areas of voluntary work are: statutory agencies, such

as social services or probation; voluntary counselling agencies, such as the Samaritans; the youth service; or community organisations. Your local council, voluntary service or volunteer bureau (addresses available at your local library) will put you in touch with agencies and services in your area. General visiting (eg the elderly or patients in hospital) does not usually provide sufficient depth of experience. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for updates Level 1 • Supported Learning for Key Skills • Introduction to Social Work • Social Policy • Human Development • Practice Learning 1 (30-day placement) Level 2 • Theoretical Perspectives in Social Work • Social Work, Law and the English Legal System • Values and Contemporary Issues • Reflective Social Work Practice • Practice Learning 2 (70-day placement) Level 3 • Social Research Methods • Either: Children and Families or Community Care • Social Work Electives (Family Work, Care Management and Networking, Specialist Therapeutic Settings, Psycho-Social Interventions) • Practice Learning 3 (100-day placement)

Contact Admissions Team School of Health Sciences and Social Care Tel +44 (0)1895 268821 Email socialwork@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Social Work BA

UCAS CODE

(Part-time employment route)

L500 (4 YEARS PART-TIME)

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements

COURSE STRUCTURE

TYPICAL MODULES

This is an employmentbased route to the BA in Social Work. The modular course is organised by a partnership group that includes Brunel, a number of local authorities, and voluntary and private agencies. You must be supported by your employer who generally pays the fees. You will normally attend Brunel on release for one day per week, and will need to commit to eight hours a week of private study. Over the four years, students undertake 200 days’ practice learning organised by their agency. At least 185 days of this is outside their workplace.

Check the web for the latest updates

ASSESSMENT

• Social Research Methods • Either: Children and Families or Community Care • Social Work Electives (Family work, Care Management and Networking, Specialist Therapeutic Settings, Psycho-Social Interventions) • Practice Learning 3 (100‑day placement)

Level 1 • Supported Learning for Key Skills • Introduction to Social Work • Social Policy • Human Development • Practice Learning 1 (30-day placement) Level 2 • Theoretical Perspectives in Social Work • Social Work, Law and the English Legal System • Values and Contemporary Issues • Reflective Social Work Practice • Practice Learning 2 (70-day placement) Level 3

Assessment in practice placements is continuous and culminates in the placement report, to which both student and practice teacher contribute. Academic work is assessed through a range of assignments, including tests, presentations, essays and revealed examinations.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Carol-Ann Howson School of Health Sciences and Social Care Tel +44 (0)1895 268733 Email socialwork@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points typically from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in a social science at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only.) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Society, Health and Development, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points, including 5 points in a Social Science subject at Higher level BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass in a relevant subject (such as Access to Social Work or Access to Social Sciences), including at least 65% of units with Merit or Distinction ISA/CRB checks All students undertaking this programme of study will be required to register with the Vetting and Barring Schemes. For full details of the Independent Safeguarding Authority guidelines, see page 220. All applicants must have at least six months’ relevant work experience in social care. Candidates are generally interviewed in their agency as part of the selection process. All candidates are then interviewed at the University. This is a two‑part process which involves an individual interview followed by a written exercise. Experience and motivation are important. Mature students A high percentage of our intake are mature students, and these applicants are considered on an individual basis. Candidates must demonstrate the capacity to undertake the academic demands of the course and have substantial, full-time, supervised experience in social work or equivalent. If you are not sure whether you have the requisite academic background, speak with your agency representative or the course leader. For more details, see the GSCC handbook, How to Qualify for Social Work. Early application is recommended. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

143


2-3 YEARS PART-TIME

Specialist Social Work

(Adults) BA/Graduate Certificate entry requirements Recognised Social Work qualification (CSS, CQSW or DipSW) with a minimum of 240 credits or equivalent. Current employment in direct practice as a social worker and registration with the General Social Care Council. Candidates must provide satisfactory evidence that they are: suitable for post-qualification education; able to work directly with service users including those from different backgrounds, of different ages, and with different needs; likely to benefit from the programme; and capable of meeting the assessment requirements. All candidates must be nominated and supported by their employing agency, which will undertake to provide support and appropriate learning opportunities. Applicants with other qualifications and experience will be considered on an individual basis. APL (Accreditation of Prior learning) will be applied to credits gained on social work qualification courses, and considered on an individual basis for those who have already completed parts of the previous Post Qualifying Award in Social Work. The University will apply a maximum to the number of credits for which APL will be granted. Successful applicants will not be permitted to register for the BA programme until they have gained the credits for the appropriate Consolidation module as Associate students or have satisfied APL requirements for this module. APPLICATIONS

Specialist Social Work

(Children) BA/Graduate Certificate Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

COURSE CONTENT The course aims to develop your in-depth knowledge and understanding of a specialist area of social work, and to enable you to apply this knowledge in practice. You will learn to think critically about your own practice in the context of the General Social Care Council’s codes of practice, including embedded values, national and international codes of professional ethics and principles of diversity, equality and social inclusion. You will also learn to apply these in a wide range of situations, including those associated with inter-agency and inter‑professional work. The programme covers all the units of the National Occupational Standards for Social Work in direct work with users of social care services and carers. It draws on knowledge and understanding of service users’ and carers’ issues to actively contribute to

strategies and practice which promote service users’ and carers’ rights and participation in line with the goals of choice, independence and empowerment. Using theories, models and relevant up-to-date research, you will learn to manage your own work effectively and demonstrate a capacity to plan for, and respond to, change in organisational, inter-organisational and team contexts. COURSE STRUCTURE The course is taught through lectures, small group and large group seminar discussions, role play, videos followed by discussion, case discussions, practice assessments, tutorial support, online eLearning, personal study involving directed reading, and assignment preparation and supervision by your line manager.

Apply directly to the Health and Social Care team.

144

Contact School of Health Sciences and Social Care Tel +44 (0)1895 268840 Email socialwork@brunel.ac.uk or pqsw–admin@brunel.ac.uk


ASSESSMENT Assessment includes a critical career review, a case study, practice assessments, written assignments and a research project. Candidates are required to draw on their practice for each of the written assignments. TYPICAL MODULES A total of 90 credits are required for the award of the Graduate Certificate in Specialist Social Work. A total of 120 credits are required for the award of the BA Specialist Social Work. Check the web for the latest updates Adults Pathway: • Critical Perspectives on Assessment and Direct Work with Adults (15 credits) • Safeguarding Vulnerable Adults, Critical Decisions in Work with Adults: Law, Policy and Practice (15 credits) • Working Together to Promote Independence, Well Being and Choice: Critical Perspectives on Multi-agency Working (15 credits) • Assessment of Specialist Practice (15 credits) • Enabling the Learning and Assessment of Others • Research Project (30 credits) Children and Families Pathway: • Critical Perspectives on Direct Work with Vulnerable Children, Young People and Families (15 credits) • Safeguarding Children, Critical Decisions in Child Care: Law, Policy and Practice (15 credits) • Working Together to Safeguard Children: Critical Perspectives in Multi-agency Working (15 credits) • Assessment of Specialist Practice (15 credits) • Enabling the Learning and Assessment of Others (15 credits) • Research Project (30 credits)

Winston returned to the UK and Brunel in 2008 to complete his Social Work degree, after a period living abroad.

When I was first at Brunel, most of the intake comprised mature students like myself with significant previous work experience, whereas now a significant proportion are younger, many straight from A-levels. I now understand that many of these students have much to offer a profession in need of more dedicated individuals, and my student colleagues represent a diverse and interesting group, not only in terms of their backgrounds and individual challenges, but also in relation to their insights from their own work and life experiences. This group are a credit to Brunel along with many staff members that encourage us to challenge our world views and unlock everyone’s potential as students and future practitioners. I look forward to graduating with them before going on to develop a career in social work management.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

145


1 YEAR FULL-TIME, 2 YEARS PART-TIME

Specialist Community Public Health Nursing BSc Health Visiting | Occupational Health Nursing | School Nursing Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements Qualified first level nurse. 120 CATs credits at Level 1 and 120 at Level 2. Relevant post-registration experience.

ASSESSMENT Assessment is through a range of essays, examinations, projects and practice assessments. These are handed in at different stages of the year.

APL/APEL available.

ACCREDITATION

APPLICATIONS

Graduates will gain Specialist Community Public Health Nursing Registration with the Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC).

Apply directly to the Health and Social Care team.

COURSE CONTENT The Specialist Community Public Health Nursing course is designed for individuals with initial nurse registration who wish to become community nurse specialist practitioners in one of a range of areas. There are three pathways which allow students to focus on a particular area of interest: Health Visiting develops practitioners who are proactive and innovative in the promotion of health and the prevention of ill health at the individual, group and community level within the context of national and international considerations.

146

Occupational Health Nursing equips you to function competently in the specialist area of occupational health, involving responsibilities for health and safety at work, risk assessment, management of occupational disease and the promotion of physical and psychological health among the workforce. School Nursing will prepare you to lead a school nursing team of variable skill mix, to promote school health and meet the health-related needs of children, adolescents at school and their families and carers. WORK PLACEMENTS 50% of the course involves supervised practice placements within the area of your chosen specialism. For Health Visiting and School Nursing, these placements are arranged with NHS trusts and are supported by practice teachers who attend study days at Brunel. Occupational Health Nursing students will gain practical experience within occupational settings in either the public or private sector, supported by a practice teacher.

CONTACT Programme Administrator, Lorina Fontaine School of Health Sciences and Social Care Tel +44 (0)1895 268833 Email communityhealth@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates • Specialist Community Public Health Nursing Practice • Professional Perspectives in Specialist Community Public Health Nursing • Evidence-based Practice for Public Health • Promoting Public Health • Management of Public Health Practice • Option module in Term 2, to reflect your chosen pathway.

Rakesh is studying Specialist Community Public Health Nursing: Occupational Health Nursing, part‑time.

Brunel University has provided a great opportunity for me to further my specialisation in my current area of practice. I must say that Brunel really stands out for the facilities and learning opportunities it offers. Working full-time and studying is a hard balancing act, but the flexibility of the course and the support I receive make all the difference. I was amazed at how easy I found it to settle into this course. My lecturers are so helpful and approachable – often they communicate with me on a one to one basis which really boosts my confidence. The learning environment is excellent as it brings together people from various fields of the public health domain, and this supports the sharing of knowledge and expertise. I look forward to obtaining my qualification and intend to practise as a Specialist Occupational Health Nurse, strengthening my experience in the field. I also want to study at postgraduate level to pursue my professional development, and Brunel offers some exciting postgraduate courses which I may consider undertaking in the near future.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

147


Information Systems and Computing

148

Brunel University

School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics


Neel graduated in 2009 and is moving to Seattle for a prestigious role with Microsoft.

Annual Intake: 180 Why study Information Systems at Brunel? ★★ Students benefit from excellent employment prospects.

While preparing my University applications, Brunel always stood out as a leader in computing. Having come to the end of my four-year Computer Science degree, I can safely say that I made a fantastic decision in choosing Brunel! The quality of teaching and supervision has been second to none. There was never a time when I was unable to turn to someone for help or advice; everybody is so friendly, approachable and smart. The course content is also top notch and can easily be applied to the working world, making me more employable. With help and encouragement from Brunel’s Placement and Careers Centre, I spent my placement year with the software giant, Microsoft. I was lucky enough to spend three months working at their headquarters in Seattle, and as a result of the hard work I put in, I was offered a full-time contract based in Seattle, effective after my degree! Brunel has contributed to some of the best years of my life and if I could do it all again, without a shadow of doubt, I would!

Recent graduates have gone on to work for Accenture, British Telecom, HP, IBM, Logica, Microsoft and Oracle, amongst many others.

★★ We provide 220 computers and a number of servers for the

exclusive use of our students, and a purpose-equipped suite for Network Computing students provides opportunities for practical experience in all aspects of network operation and maintenance.

★★ Information Systems and Computing at Brunel is one of

the largest centres for research in its field in Europe. Many of our academic staff have a background in the computer industry, and are all involved in our application-oriented research, which includes information systems, software engineering, intelligent data analysis, human-computer interaction, and simulation modelling.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Computer Science BSc.................................................................... Page 150 Computer Science (Artificial Intelligence) BSc............................. Page 150 Computer Science (Digital Media and Games) BSc..................... Page 150 Computer Science (Network Computing) BSc............................. Page 150 Computer Science (Software Engineering) BSc........................... Page 150 Information Systems BSc................................................................ Page 152 Information Systems (Business) BSc.............................................. Page 152 Information Systems (eCommerce) BSc........................................ Page 152 Information Systems (Human-Computer Interaction) BSc............................................. Page 152 Information Systems (Social Web) BSc.......................................... Page 152 Financial Computing BSc................................................................ Page 154

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

149


UCAS CODES Computer Science BSc

Computer Science

BSc

G402 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G407 (4 YEARS THICK SANDWICH)

This course is available via a variety of pathways (see left).

Computer Science (Artificial Intelligence) BSc

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

G701 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G700 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) COURSE CONTENT Computer Science (Digital Media and Games) BSc G450 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G451 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Computer Science (Network Computing) BSc G424 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G423 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Computer Science (Software Engineering) BSc G601 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G602 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in IT or Engineering, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass, with Distinctions in 30% of units and Merits in the remainder For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

150

The main aim of this course is to enable you to become knowledgeable and skilled in the efficient design of software and in the modern mathematics that can be applied to all aspects of software design, development and verification. You will also learn enough about the hardware to exploit its potential to the full with your designs. All students in Information Systems and Computing take a core of modules in Level 1. This ensures that you have a proper appreciation of computing as both an intellectual discipline and as a set of practical skills. These core modules will develop such topics as object-oriented software development, data management, distribution and retrieval, system modelling and the underlying principles of logic and algorithms. They ensure you acquire a range of concepts and skills to enable you to design in a creative and sound manner. At Level 2, you will study modern, professional, high‑level software development methods covering initial specification through to final code integration, with particular interest in usability, perhaps with novel devices. You will

have further specialist study at this level in advanced distributed systems and the principles supporting them. At Level 3, you will specialise in the management of software development, and can also opt to take advanced modules in topics that reflect specialist research interests among our staff. If you follow one of the named specialist courses, your main modules and final year project will be directly related to that field. ASSESSMENT Assessment varies from one module to another, and may be based entirely on coursework, entirely on examination or a combination of both. Projects assess some of the knowledge and skills gained in other modules at the same level. It is equally important for you to learn how to establish your own criteria for assessment and reliably to assess the quality and value of your own work. Overall, the split is usually about 50:50 exam to coursework. PRACTICAL SKILLS An important core element is project work. At each stage, the project helps you in the practice of developing software using the methods

Contact Admissions Tutor, David Williams School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics Tel +44 (0)1895 265849 Email comp.ug.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


and techniques introduced across other modules. Projects at Levels 1 and 2 will develop your ability to work with colleagues on common tasks, and will also help you to understand the professional context of your academic studies, even if you opt for the three‑year non‑sandwich course. The Level 3 project is your individual responsibility, to show that you can manage all aspects of the development of a software solution to a significant task. WORK PLACEMENTS Placements are intended to provide you with a choice of relevant work experience. You might work with a large supplier of computing systems and services, or with a public or private organisation that uses computer systems as an essential part of its activity. Students in recent placements have worked at AXA, BAE Systems, CERN, GlaxoSmithKline, IBM, Microsoft, Oracle and Symantec. (See pages 210-211 for an explanation of the structure of sandwich courses.) During the placement you will keep in touch with Brunel through a tutor who visits you and your manager, and at Presentation Day when you will come back to talk to tutors and fellow students about your progress. These visits and your final report count towards the assessment of your placement and to your overall Level 2 performance. CAREERS Our graduates have a wide variety of computing, business and technical careers to choose from. In addition to the general analyst/ programmer jobs, you may join a consultancy firm, which is often just a first step towards setting up your own business. The major companies within the industry all have openings for well-qualified personnel. Students with ‘sandwich’ experience are particularly in demand for the better graduate

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

appointments. Many also proceed to a higher degree in this discipline. PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION BSc Computer Science courses at Brunel have always gained full exemption from the British Computer Society’s professional examinations, allowing graduates to attain professional membership of the Society (MBCS) after a shortened period of relevant experience and training. Please contact the Admissions Tutor for details of current accreditation status. The course also fully fulfils the academic requirement for registration as an Incorporated Engineer (full IEng accreditation) and part of the academic requirement for registration as a Chartered Engineer (partial CEng accreditation). TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Introductory Programming • Data and Information • Information Systems and Organisations • Logic and Computation • Integrating Project

The School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics offers 220 computers and a number of servers for the exclusive use of our students, including a purpose-equipped suite for Network Computing students. This provides opportunities for practical experience in all aspects of network operation and maintenance.

Level 2 • Software Development and Management • Usability Engineering • Networks and Operating Systems • Algorithms and their Application • Integrating Project Level 3 • Software Project Management • Advanced Topics in Computer Science • Individual Project Typical options: • Artificial Intelligence • Software Engineering • Network Computing • Digital Media and Games

151


UCAS CODES Information Systems BSc

Information Systems

BSc

G523 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G524 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

This course is available via a variety of pathways (see left).

Information Systems (Business) BSc

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

G5N1 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G5NC (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) COURSE CONTENT Information Systems (eCommerce) BSc GN51 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) GN5C (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Information Systems (Human-Computer Interaction) BSc G444 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G445 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Information Systems (Social Web) BSc G590 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G591 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in IT or Engineering, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass, with Distinctions in 30% of units and Merits in the remainder For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

152

This course enables you to become knowledgeable about computing in industrial and commercial organisations and to be able to assess what computing is appropriate in a given circumstance. To do this you will need a good understanding of basic computer science and a grasp of the important elements of IT management. All students in Information Systems and Computing take a core of modules in Level 1. This ensures that you have a proper appreciation of computing as both an intellectual discipline and as a set of practical skills. These core modules will develop such topics as object-oriented software development, data management, distribution and retrieval, system modelling and the underlying principles of logic and algorithms. They ensure you acquire a range of concepts and skills to enable you to design in a creative and sound manner. At Level 2, you will study modern professional highlevel software development methods covering initial specification through to final code integration, with particular interest in usability, perhaps with novel devices. You will have further specialist study at this level in data modelling, corporate

databases and current principles supporting their design and implementation such as Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) and Online Analytical Processing (OLAP). At Level 3 you will specialise in the strategy and management of information systems development, and can also opt to take advanced modules in topics that reflect specialist research interests among our staff. If you follow one of the named specialist courses, your main modules and final year project will be directly related to that field. ASSESSMENT Assessment varies from one module to another, and may be based entirely on coursework, entirely on examination or on a combination of both. It is equally important for you to learn how to establish your own criteria for assessment and reliably to assess the quality and value of your own work. Overall, the split is usually about 50:50 exam to coursework. PRACTICAL SKILLS An important core element is project work. At each stage, the project helps you in the practice of information systems using the methods and techniques introduced

Contact Admissions Tutor, David Williams School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics Tel +44 (0)1895 265849 Email comp.ug.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


across other modules. Projects in Levels 1 and 2 will develop your ability to work with colleagues on common tasks, and will also help you to understand the professional context of your academic studies, even if you opt for the threeyear, non‑sandwich course. The Level 3 project is your individual responsibility, to show that you can manage all aspects of the development of a software solution to a significant information systems problem. WORK PLACEMENTS Placements are intended to provide you with a choice of relevant work experience. You might work with a large supplier of computing systems and services, or with a public or private organisation that uses computer systems as an essential part of its activity. Students in recent placements have worked at Accenture, Hasbro (UK), Lloyds TSB, LogicaCMG, UBS and Volkswagen. (See pages 210-211 for an explanation of the structure of sandwich courses.) During the placement you will keep in touch with Brunel through a tutor who visits you and your manager, and at Presentation Day when you will come back to talk to tutors and fellow students about your progress. These visits and your final report count towards the assessment of your placement and to your overall Level 2 performance.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION BSc Information Systems courses at Brunel have always gained full exemption from the British Computer Society’s professional examinations, allowing graduates to attain professional membership of the Society (MBCS) after a shortened period of relevant experience and training. Please contact the Admissions Tutor for details of current accreditation status. The course also fulfils the academic requirement for registration as an Incorporated Engineer (full IEng accreditation) and part of the academic requirement for registration as a Chartered Engineer (partial CEng accreditation). TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Introductory Programming • Data and Information • Information Systems and Organisations • Logic and Computation • Integrating Project Level 2 • Software Development and Management • Usability Engineering • Business Analysis and Process Modelling • ICTs in Society • Integrating Project

CAREERS

Level 3

Our graduates can choose from a variety of careers in business and computing. In addition to jobs in systems analysis and design, you may join a consultancy firm, which is often a first step towards setting up your own business. Students with ‘sandwich’ experience are particularly in demand. Many also proceed to a higher degree in this discipline.

• Software Project Management • Advanced Topics in Information Systems • Individual Project

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Typical options: • Human-Computer Interaction • Social Web • Business • eCommerce

153


UCAS CODES GN43 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) GNK3 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Financial Computing

BSc

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade C in AS-level Maths (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in IT or Business, Administration and Finance, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass, with Distinctions in 30% units and Merits in the remainder For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

COURSE CONTENT

WORK PLACEMENTS

Financial services are of key importance to the UK economy. This innovative course – a collaboration between Mathematical Sciences, Economics and Finance, and Information Systems and Computing – offers a unique opportunity to acquire expertise in both finance and computing in a single degree.

In the last two years our students have secured placements in the financial sector at Allied Irish Bank, AXA Investment Managers, Bank of England, Bank of New York, Barclays Capital, Bloomberg, City IQ, Commerzbank, Fidelity Investments, Lloyds TSB and Market Trading International, amongst others. Our students have also had placements working on financial and accounting systems within blue chip companies such as IBM, Shell and GlaxoSmithKline.

To ensure a firm grasp of the theoretical and practical elements of financial computing, all students cover the same topics at Levels 1 and 2. At Level 3, you will produce a financial computing project and then select freely from a range of options in Computing, Economics and Finance. ASSESSMENT The ratio of exams to coursework is approximately 50:50 in Level 1, increasing to 70:30 in Level 3.

154

CAREERS This course provides the relevant financial background and computing and information technology skills for a career in corporate finance, financial services or the banking sector, or for a range of possible careers at the interface between finance and computing.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Dr D Cappitt School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics Tel +44 (0)1895 265180 Email fin.comp@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Financial Markets • Programming and Software Design • Quantitative Methods • Business Statistics Level 2 • Corporate Finance • Corporate Investment • Internet Technology and Website Design • Object Oriented Software, Systems Design and Applied Computing Projects • Communication Skills and Operational Research Level 3 • Major Project (core) • Applied Risk and Optimisation in Finance (core) • Financial Theory and Corporate Policy • Financial Engineering • Software Engineering Methods • Software Engineering and Technology • Database Systems: Design and Application • Data Networks, Service and Security • Managerial and Industrial Economics

During her placement year, Lorraine worked for Volkswagen in their programme management office. She has now secured a job at Accenture.

For me, one of the best things about studying at Brunel is the calibre of staff. They are always willing to support and provide guidance to students. Moreover, Brunel is full of motivated and ambitious people and as a result it has helped me to realise my full potential in my personal development, both academically and socially. One of my greatest achievements was representing Brunel in the IBM University Challenge – a competition in which students manage virtual companies and compete against each other to maximise their profits. We came third out of over 150 national teams. Having played an active role in student life through the numerous sports, societies and activities available on campus, I have had the opportunity to meet and befriend a diverse range of individuals. In my second year I acted as Liaison Officer for the African Caribbean Society, and am currently Liaison Officer for the Brunel Entrepreneurial Society, where my role involves sourcing guest speakers and sponsorship. I have enjoyed working as a campus ambassador and departmental student representative, and I am now a senior student mentor. Following my placement at VW, I took a summer internship at Accenture as an Analyst, and have secured a job with them for when I graduate.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

155


Law

156

Brunel University

Brunel Law School


Kiroulus is a final year Law student.

Annual Intake: 200

I have developed a number of skills at Brunel, such as being able to manage a heavy workload along with a part‑time job and a social life! I was also a member of the Brunel Mooting Team that successfully reached the semi-final of the Weekly Law Reports Moot.

★★ The LLB gives you full exemption from Part 1 of

I chose Brunel for the scholarship opportunities, but more importantly for its pioneering sandwich degrees. I know that competition will be tough and so having a year’s experience makes me stand out that little bit more. The sandwich scheme gave me the chance to make a more informed decision when it comes to choosing either Law School or going to the Bar. I was lucky enough to have my first placement at Matrix Chambers, where I developed a number of legal research skills and also had the chance to shadow a number of barristers. The skills I learned helped me to achieve high grades both in coursework and exams. My second placement was at Vickers & Co where I had a chance to build on my people skills, such as visiting clients, sitting in on conferences with counsel and also clerking at court.

Why study Law at Brunel?

the Professional Examinations for the Law Society and Bar Council.

★★ You may have the opportunity to carry out a highly valuable professional Law placement, which will allow you to sample Law work before making a long‑term career decision.

★★ If you take the four-year sandwich route, the Law Society may credit your work experience against the solicitors’ two-year traineeship requirement.

★★ We have negotiated a special arrangement with

the College of Law, which guarantees all graduates who achieve a lower second class degree or better a place on the College of Law’s Legal Practice Course programme.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Law LLB................................................................................Page 158

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

157


UCAS CODE M103 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) M101 (4 YEARS

Law

LLB

THICK‑SANDWICH)

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 390 tariff points from 3 A-levels (typical offer AAB) plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, preferably including English or History (General Studies/ Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS or A-level only) Advanced Diploma 390 tariff points in Society, Health and Development or Business, Administration and Finance, including an A-level in a relevant subject such as English or History for Additional and Specialist Learning. Extended Project Qualification in a relevant subject preferred. IBDP 35 points BTEC ND DDD in Business or Public Services together with either an AS-level or Extended Project Qualification Access Pass, including Distinction for all Level 3 units For all other qualifications or combinations, contact Admissions.

158

COURSE CONTENT

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION

All students take a core set of modules. At Level 3, you will take a number of law options as well as studying a particular area of law in depth for your major final year project.

If you take the four-year sandwich route, the Law Society may credit your work experience against the solicitors’ two‑year traineeship requirement. (Please note that some employers may still require you to complete the full traineeship period.)

ASSESSMENT At Levels 1 and 2, all modules are assessed by essay and examination. At Level 3, all modules except the major project are assessed by essay and examination. CAREERS Opportunities for law graduates arise in a wide range of activities. You may take advantage of your professional exemptions and train to become a barrister or solicitor, but your degree could take you into careers other than law, including industry, commerce, public administration and social services.

We have also negotiated a special arrangement with the College of Law, which guarantees all graduates who achieve a lower second class degree or better a place on the College of Law’s Legal Practice Course programme. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • English Legal Institutions and Method • Public Law • Contract Law • Criminal Law

Contact Admissions Tel +44(0)1895 265265 Email admissions@brunel.ac.uk (UK/EU students) or international@brunel.ac.uk (international students)


Level 2 Core • European Union Law • Land Law • Tort Law • Trusts Level 3 Core • Major Project

Fallon is a pupil barrister at a London Chambers.

Levels 3 Options The following are examples of other modules that may be available, but these can change from year to year, and there is no guarantee that an option will run in any particular year. • Banking Law • Children and the Law • Company Law • Competition Law • Consumer Law • Criminology • Employment Law • Environmental Law • Evidence • Family Law • Intellectual Property Law • International Human Rights • International Law • International Minority Rights • Jurisprudence • Modern Legal History • Sentencing and Penology • Taxation

I graduated from Brunel in 2006, having been awarded the Sweet and Maxwell Law Prize for attaining the highest grade average in my year. I owe a huge amount of my success to Brunel’s unique “sandwich” degree, which ensured that I graduated with over a year’s legal experience under my belt. I spent my first placement at the Revenue and Customs Prosecution Office where I worked alongside full-time Civil Servants. This was my first real experience of law in practice and it provided me with great insight and hands-on experience. My second work placement was at Matrix Chambers as a Legal Information and Research Assistant. This role enhanced my legal research skills, which greatly assisted me during my final year at Brunel and thereafter. Brunel helped to provide me with these opportunities, which made me more attractive to future employers and ensured that I graduated knowing that I wanted to pursue a career at the criminal Bar. Without the opportunities to work during my studies I would have graduated with very little legal experience and I believe it would have been more difficult for me to gain relevant employment and prove my commitment to pursuing a career as a Barrister. I am now a pupil at QEB Hollis Whiteman Chambers, where I am thoroughly enjoying my time.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

159


Mathematical Sciences

160

Brunel University

School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics


Mihir studied Mathematics and Statistics with Management and spent his placement as a Business Analyst at Virgin Trains.

Annual Intake: 75 Why study Mathematical Sciences at Brunel? ★★ Academic staff have an international reputation for research. ★★ Career prospects are excellent – past graduates have gone on to work for Accenture, Xerox, IBM, Kodak, PricewaterhouseCoopers and British Aerospace.

I came to Brunel because the course included a variety of modules which I was keen to try. Brunel also offered a placement year, which many other universities did not, to help me prepare myself for the world of business. The biggest challenge I faced was finding a placement during the economic downturn. The Placement and Careers Centre at Brunel was very supportive, so I didn’t give up. My placement at Virgin Trains was a real eye opener. I took part in numerous projects, including project managing and leading a campaign, and I had the opportunity to take part in a Virgin Trains advert. It taught me to get more involved and to take on new challenges. I was also able to get valuable career advice from the CEO and other Directors across the company, which has helped me to set new career goals.

★★ All courses allow you the opportunity to undertake highly valuable, paid, professional work placements.

★★ Programmes have a flexible structure with good topic choice, meaning you can maintain a broad-based approach or specialise in a particular area of interest.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Financial Mathematics BSc/MMath............................................... Page 162 Mathematics BSc/MMath............................................................... Page 164 Mathematics and Computing BSc................................................. Page 166 Mathematics with Computer Science BSc.................................... Page 166 Mathematical and Management Studies BSc.............................. Page 168 Mathematics and Statistics with Management BSc..................... Page 168

As a student representative for the maths department, I found that issues were dealt with quickly and professionally. The lecturers make time to see you when you need advice on a module, but at the same time help you to think on your feet.

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

161


UCAS CODES BSc GN13 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) GND3 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Financial Mathematics

BSc/MMath*

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. Since Level 1 has a common mathematical core, you may be able to transfer between Mathematics programmes if your preferences change.

BSc entry requirements BSc GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in A-level Mathematics (General Studies/ Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Engineering, IT or Business, Administration and Finance, including Grade B in A-level Mathematics for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points, including 6 points in Higher Mathematics BTEC ND DDM in a related subject, including a Distinction in Mathematics Access Depending on their mathematical background, applicants will normally be expected to take a foundation year (see page 205) For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

COURSE CONTENT All our courses provide you with the skills and techniques needed to develop mathematical and statistical knowledge, with an understanding of how this can be applied to problems from science, technology, business and other areas. This course is ideal if, as a committed mathematician, you are also interested in a career in the fast moving world of finance or commerce. ASSESSMENT The ratio of exams to coursework is approximately 60:40 at Level 1, increasing to 70:30 at Level 3. We ensure that there are many opportunities for formative feedback throughout the course. WORK PLACEMENTS We have great experience in helping students find well-paid placements with blue-chip companies in the UK and abroad, including in accountancy, aviation, banking, defence, finance, insurance, IT, management, marketing and telecommunications.

162

CAREERS As a Brunel mathematics graduate, you will have excellent job prospects. You may pursue a career that specifically uses your mathematical, statistical or finance skills, or you may prefer a more general career. Popular choices have included banking, accountancy or actuarial work. Alternatively you may want to gain a postgraduate or professional qualification. Recent graduates have started their careers at Accenture, British Aerospace, British Airways, British Gas, British Telecom, Brooke Bond, the Civil Aviation Authority, Datalogic, EDS, GKN, IBM, ICL, Kodak, KPMG, Marks and Spencer, Metal Box, Nissan, Plessey, Pfizer, PricewaterhouseCoopers and Xerox. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Linear Algebra • Calculus and Numerical Methods • Discrete Mathematics, Probability and Statistics • Financial Markets

Contact Admissions Tutor, Dr D Cappitt School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics Tel +44 (0)1895 265180 Email maths.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


UCAS CODES MMath* GN1H (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) GN1J (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) * Please note that the extension of this programme to Master’s level is Approved in Principle only. Please check the web for the latest updates.

• Introduction to Financial Accounting Level 2 • Linear and Numerical Methods • Communication Skills and Operational Research • Statistics • Algebra and Discrete Mathematics • Corporate Finance • Corporate Investment Level 3 Core • Major Project • Stochastic Models and Mathematical Finance • Risk and Optimisation in Finance • Financial Engineering Level 3 Options • Statistics • Differential and Integral Equations • Numerical and Variational Methods for PDEs

MMath Please note that the extension of this programme to Master’s level is Approved in Principle only. Please check the web for the latest updates.

COURSE CONTENT For information about the content of this course, see the BSc route description. In addition to the BSc content and structure, you will study for a further year (Level 4) bringing your degree up to Master’s standard. The programme involves a highly integrated, logical progression from BSc to Master’s level, and graduates can expect to enter roles requiring a higher level of mathematical skill and understanding, whether in employment (finance, commerce or industry) or in postgraduate research. TYPICAL MODULES Level 4 • Advanced Project • Risk, Simulation and Decision Analysis • Stochastic Models and Mathematical Finance • Numerical Methods for Risk and Finance • Stochastic PDEs and Itô’s Calculus • Risk Management and Regulation

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

entry requirements MMath* GCE A and AS-level 360 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade A in A-level Mathematics or Further Mathematics (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma Applicants should apply for the BSc in Mathematics. Those who obtain high enough grades can transfer to MMath at the end of Year 2 IBDP 33 points, including 6 points in Higher Mathematics BTEC ND DDD Applicants should apply for the BSc in Mathematics. Those who obtain high enough grades can transfer to MMath at the end of Year 2 Access Depending on their mathematical background, applicants will normally be expected to take a foundation year (see page 205) For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

163


UCAS CODES BSc G103 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G104 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Mathematics BSc/MMath*

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. Since Level 1 has a common mathematical core, you may be able to transfer between Mathematics programmes if your preferences change.

BSc entry requirements BSc GCE A and AS-level 350 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in A-level Mathematics (General Studies/ Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 350 tariff points in Engineering, IT or Business, Administration and Finance, including Grade B in A-level Mathematics for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 33 points, including 6 points in Higher Mathematics BTEC ND DDD in a related subject, including a Distinction in Mathematics Access Depending on their mathematical background, applicants will normally be expected to take a foundation year (see page 205) For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

COURSE CONTENT This course aims to provide you with the skills and techniques needed to develop mathematical and statistical knowledge and apply this to problems from science, technology, business and other areas. The course is wide ranging. You will study many aspects of pure and applied mathematics, together with ideas of mathematical modelling. In later years you will have considerable flexibility, and you can choose a limited number of modules in disciplines such as computer science, management or languages.

CAREERS As a Brunel mathematics graduate, you will have excellent job prospects. Popular career choices have included banking, accountancy or actuarial work, or you may want to gain a postgraduate or professional qualification. Recent graduates have started their careers at Accenture, British Aerospace, BT, Brooke Bond, Datalogic, IBM, ICL, Marks and Spencer, Metal Box, Nissan, Plessey, PricewaterhouseCoopers and Xerox.

ASSESSMENT The ratio of exams to coursework is approximately 60:40 at Level 1, increasing to 70:30 at Level 3. We ensure that there are many opportunities for formative feedback throughout the course. WORK PLACEMENTS We have great experience in helping students find well‑paid placements

164

with blue-chip companies, including in accountancy, aviation, defence, finance, insurance, IT, management, marketing and telecommunications.

TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Linear Algebra • Calculus and Numerical Methods • Mathematical Modelling • Computing Projects and Mechanics • Discrete Mathematics, Probability and Statistics

Contact Admissions Tutor, Dr D Cappitt School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics Tel +44 (0)1895 265180 Email maths.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


UCAS CODES MMath* G100 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) G101 (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) * Please note that the extension of this programme to Master’s level is Approved in Principle only. Please check the web for the latest updates.

Level 2

COURSE CONTENT

• Linear and Numerical Methods • Vector Calculus and Applications • Communication Skills and Operational Research • Statistics • Algebra and Discrete Mathematics • Analysis

For information about the content of this course, see the BSc route description. In addition to the BSc content and structure, you will study for a further year (Level 4) bringing your degree up to Master’s standard.

Level 3 • Major Project (Core) • Statistics • Numerical and Variational Methods for PDEs • Complex Variable Methods and Applications • Risk and Optimisation in Finance • Differential and Integral Equations • Encryption and Data Compression • Stochastic Models and Mathematical Finance

MMath Please note that the extension of this programme to Master’s level is Approved in Principle only. Please check the web for the latest updates.

The programme involves a highly integrated, logical progression from BSc to Master’s level, and graduates can expect to enter roles requiring a higher level of mathematical skill and understanding, whether in employment (finance, commerce or industry) or in postgraduate research. TYPICAL MODULES Level 4 • Advanced Project • Numerical and Variational Methods for PDEs • Stochastic Models and Mathematical Finance • Fluid Mechanics and Waves • Mathematical Statistics • Advanced Topics in Combinatorics • Advanced Topics in Analysis

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

entry requirements MMath* GCE A and AS-level 360 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade A in A-level Mathematics or Further Mathematics (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma Applicants should apply for the BSc in Mathematics. Those who obtain high enough grades can transfer to MMath at the end of Year 2 IBDP 33 points, including 6 points in Higher Mathematics BTEC ND Applicants should apply for the BSc in Mathematics. Those who obtain high enough grades can transfer to MMath at the end of Year 2 Access Depending on their mathematical background, applicants will normally be expected to take a foundation year (see page 205) For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

165


UCAS CODES Mathematics and Computing BSc GGC4 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) GG14 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Mathematics with Computer Science BSc G1GL (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G1GK (4 YEARS

Mathematics and Computing BSc Mathematics with Computer Science

BSc

THICK‑SANDWICH)

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in A-level Mathematics (General Studies/ Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Engineering, IT or Business, Administration and Finance, including Grade B in A-level Mathematics for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points, including 6 points in Higher Mathematics BTEC ND DDM in a related subject, including a Distinction in Mathematics Access Depending on their mathematical background, applicants will normally be expected to take a foundation year (see page 205) For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

Since Level 1 has a common mathematical core, you may be able to transfer between Mathematics programmes if your preferences change.

COURSE CONTENT All our courses aim to provide you with the skills and techniques needed to develop mathematical and statistical knowledge, with an understanding of how these can be applied to problems from science, technology, business and other areas. These two programmes combine different proportions of Computing with Mathematics. Mathematics and Computing has a 50/50 split between mathematics and computing and will give you the skills necessary to implement mathematical algorithms in modern computing languages such as C and C++. You will develop computer-oriented solutions to important mathematical problems that arise in business and industry such as investment finance, telecommunications and engineering. About two-thirds of Mathematics with Computer Science is devoted to mathematical and statistical

166

subjects and one-third to computer science. You will become skilled in modern information systems and computing using Java (the ‘language of the Internet’) while gaining a mathematics-based degree. ASSESSMENT The ratio of exams to coursework is approximately 60:40 at Level 1, increasing to 70:30 at Level 3. We ensure that there are many opportunities for formative feedback throughout the course. WORK PLACEMENTS We have great experience in helping students find well-paid work placements with bluechip companies as part of their degree courses, both in the UK and abroad. Areas recently providing placements include accountancy, aviation, banking, defence, finance, insurance, IT (software development, network management and design), management (public and private sector), marketing and telecommunications.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Dr D Cappitt School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics Tel +44 (0)1895 265180 Email maths.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


CAREERS As a Brunel mathematics graduate, you will have a wide spectrum of careers from which to choose and your job prospects are excellent. You may want to pursue a career that specifically uses your mathematical, statistical or computing skills or you may prefer a more general career, perhaps as a company manager. Alternatively, you may want to gain a postgraduate or a professional qualification. Recent graduates have started their careers at Accenture, British Aerospace, British Airways, British Gas, British Telecom, Brooke Bond, the Civil Aviation Authority, Datalogic, EDS, GKN, IBM, ICL, Kodak, KPMG, Marks and Spencer, Metal Box, Nissan, Plessey, Pfizer, PricewaterhouseCoopers and Xerox. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Linear Algebra • Calculus and Numerical Methods • Discrete Mathematics, Probability and Statistics Mathematics with Computer Science: • Introductory Programming • Data and Information Mathematics and Computing: • Programming and Software Design • Computing Projects and Mechanics

Mathematics with Computer Science: • Logic and Computation • Software Development and Management Mathematics and Computing: • Internet and Web Technologies • Object-Oriented Software, Systems Design and Applied Computing Projects Level 2 Options • Vector Calculus and Applications • Statistics Mathematics with Computer Science: • Analysis Mathematics and Computing: • Algebra and Discrete Mathematics Level 3 • Major Project (Core) • Statistics • Numerical and Variational Methods for PDEs • Complex Variable Methods and Applications • Risk and Optimisation in Finance • Differential and Integral Equations • Stochastic Models and Mathematical Finance • Encryption and Data Compression • Database Systems: Design and Application Mathematics with Computer Science: • Algorithms and their Applications (core) • Software Engineering (core)

Level 2 Core

Mathematics and Computing:

• Linear and Numerical Methods • Communication Skills and Operational Research • Algebra and Discrete Mathematics

• Software Engineering and Technology • Software Engineering Methods • Data Networks, Services and Security • Database Systems, Design and Applications

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Misbah graduated in Mathematics and Computer Science.

Studying at Brunel has most definitely been the right choice for me. The staff have a great relationship with their students and are always willing and determined to help anyone, even in their out of office hours, which motivated me to succeed. Worried about finance, I got a job on campus as a student representative. This was great since I could work whatever hours suited me and the pay was good! The Placement and Careers Centre helped me to find work in industry for a year, as a statistician for one of the world’s leading pharmaceutical companies, GlaxoSmithKline. In my final year, I won the Foster Award for outstanding mathematical ability and the Margaret Trier Memorial Prize for the ‘best woman’ graduating in a science or engineering subject. Not only did I get a scholarship from GlaxoSmithKline, but I was also awarded a studentship to study for an MSc in Statistics, and I have had the opportunity to travel in South America with my award money.

167


UCAS CODES Mathematical and Management Studies BSc GND2 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) GNC2 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Mathematics and Statistics with Management BSc G1NG (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) G1NF (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Mathematical and Management Studies

BSc

Mathematics and Statistics with Management BSc Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. Since Level 1 has a common mathematical core, you may be able to transfer between Mathematics programmes if your preferences change.

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in A-level Mathematics (General Studies/ Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Engineering, IT or Business, Administration and Finance, including Grade B in A-level Mathematics for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points, including 6 points in Higher Mathematics BTEC ND DDM in a related subject, including a Distinction in Mathematics Access Depending on their mathematical background, applicants will normally be expected to take a foundation year (see page 205) For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

168

COURSE CONTENT All our courses aim to provide you with the skills and techniques needed to develop a mathematical and statistical knowledge, and with an understanding of how these can be applied to the formulation and solution of problems from science, technology, business and other areas. These two programmes combine Mathematics with different proportions of Management (contributed by the Brunel Business School). Mathematics makes up between twothirds and three-quarters of Mathematics and Statistics with Management, with a particular emphasis on statistics and operational research as these are the areas especially relevant to management theory. The Mathematical and Management Studies programme has a half-and-half mixture of mathematical and management material, and is distinctive from many other universities’ management courses in having

a higher mathematical content. Again, there is a particular emphasis on statistics and operational research. ASSESSMENT The ratio of exams to coursework is approximately 60:40 at Level 1, increasing to 70:30 at Level 3. We ensure that there are many opportunities for formative feedback throughout the course. WORK PLACEMENTS We have great experience in helping students find well-paid work placements with bluechip companies as part of their degree courses, both in the UK and abroad. Areas recently providing placements include accountancy, aviation, banking, defence, finance, insurance, IT (software development, network management and design), management (public and private sector), marketing and telecommunications.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Dr D Cappitt School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics Tel +44 (0)1895 265180 Email maths.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


CAREERS

Level 2 Options

As a Brunel mathematics graduate, you will have a wide spectrum of careers from which to choose and your job prospects are excellent. You may want to pursue a career that specifically uses your mathematical or management skills, or you may prefer a more general career, perhaps as a company manager. Popular choices of career have included finance/banking, accountancy or actuarial work. Alternatively you may want to gain a postgraduate or professional qualification.

• Analysis • Linear and Numerical Methods • Algebra and Discrete Mathematics Analysis • Human Resources Management and its International Dimension • Development in the Global Environment • Principles and Practice of Marketing • Introduction to Accounting • Management Accounting • Managing Change and Creativity in Organisations

Recent graduates have started their careers at Accenture, British Aerospace, British Airways, British Gas, British Telecom, Brooke Bond, the Civil Aviation Authority, Datalogic, EDS, GKN, IBM, ICL, Kodak, KPMG, Marks and Spencer, Metal Box, Nissan, Plessey, Pfizer, PricewaterhouseCoopers and Xerox.

• Major Project (Core) • Stochastic Models and Mathematical Finance • Encryption and Data Compression • Statistics • Numerical and Variational Methods for PDEs • Risk and Optimisation in Finance • Differential and Integral Equations • Corporate Finance • Corporate Investment • Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management • Gender in Organisations • Strategic Management • Managing Change and Creativity in Organisations • Strategic Financial Management • Ethics, Governance and Sustainability • Innovation and Knowledge Management

TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Linear Algebra • Calculus and Numerical Methods • Discrete Mathematics, Probability and Statistics • Organisational Behaviour and Analysis Level 1 Options • Principles and Practice of Marketing • Introduction to Accounting Level 2 Core • Communication Skills and Operational Research • Statistics • Critical Perspectives in Management

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Level 3 Jenny was named Best Mathematics Student in the national Science, Engineering and Technology awards.

I’m really pleased to have won the Best Mathematics Student prize for my final year project. I constructed a computer program to solve the one dimensional and two dimensional problem of packing bins – a real world application is packing boxes into as few delivery trucks as possible. I stayed in halls of residence at Brunel and I was so pleased to be close to all that Brunel and Uxbridge had to offer. I won a Music Award which helped fund my piano lessons, and I also took up two part-time jobs, one mentoring at a nearby college and the other working as a bar assistant on campus. As well as funding my studies, this enabled me to participate fully in student life. Brunel has the most amazing facilities. I had access to computers 24 hours a day, and was able to practise the piano after hours. The lecturers were always available and so approachable. Without such facilities, I never would have believed I could get a First.

169


Mechanical Engineering

170

Brunel University

School of Engineering and Design


Simon is studying Aerospace Engineering

I’m currently on placement working for BAE Systems, a defence company producing everything from submarines to tanks to jet fighters. I am based within Military Air Solutions at Warton, working on the Typhoon project. Warton has its own operational airfield on site which is used for all development flight testing and production testing. Currently I’m working as an undergraduate flight test engineer, which mainly involves writing flight test schedules, analysing flight data and monitoring live telemetry, and briefing the pilots on the tests we need to perform on the Typhoon jets. I have felt very welcome here and I’m absolutely loving it! I work in a team of four and everyone is willing to help and answer all of my questions, mainly on acronyms! I would advise everyone to experience an engineering placement as it is so different from university. You will learn a lot of vital skills that you can’t learn in the lecture theatre and that are needed to get a job in this industry.

Annual Intake: 140 Why study Mechanical Engineering at Brunel? ★★ General Engineering programmes at Brunel are rated 5th in the UK in The Guardian University Guide for 2010.

★★ Courses are accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE).

★★ Mechanical Engineering graduates enjoy excellent

employment prospects. Recent graduates have gone on to work for Rolls-Royce, Ricardo Consulting, Force India F1, Qinetiq group and Transport for London.

★★ Sandwich students undertake high quality, paid work

placements within prominent companies and organisations.

★★ Aviation and Aeronautics courses offer you the unique

opportunity to train on the School’s own flight simulator.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Aerospace Engineering BEng/MEng............................................. Page 172 Aviation Engineering with Pilot Studies BEng/MEng................................................................Page 174 Aviation Engineering BEng/MEng.................................................Page 174 Mechanical Engineering BEng/MEng............................................Page 176 Mechanical Engineering with Aeronautics BEng/MEng.................................................................Page 176 Mechanical Engineering with Automotive Design BEng/MEng....................................................Page 176 Mechanical Engineering with Building Services BEng/MEng.........................................................Page 176 Motorsport Engineering BEng/MEng........................................... Page 180

SEE ALSO Simon is pictured with a Typhoon (IPA1), equipped with Paveway IV 500lb air to surface bombs.

Foundations of Engineering ......................................................... Page 204

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

171


UCAS CODES BEng H402 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H401 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Aerospace Engineering

BEng/MEng

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

entry requirements BEng

BEng

GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade C in Maths and Physics at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only)

This specialist degree has arisen from the demand for graduates with a rigorous and traditional academic education coupled with a well-developed technical appreciation of the aerospace industry.

Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level (excluding General Studies) for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points, including 5 points in both Maths and Physics at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM including Distinctions in Further Mathematics for Technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in Engineering, including Distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at Level 3. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

172

COURSE CONTENT

The programme delivers fundamental engineering knowledge and understanding of basic materials at Levels 1 and 2. Greater depth, applications and understanding of materials specific to aerospace are provided at Level 3. Tools for design and engineering analysis are introduced at all levels. Practical skills are introduced through modules which cover workshop skills and technical drawing. Laboratory work and use of the flight simulator are introduced at Level 1, then strengthened and applied. You will cultivate transferable skills throughout the programme, including communication, writing technical reports, teamwork, oral presentations and the use of engineering software. Project work is usually

completed in groups to imitate everyday experience in an engineering firm. ASSESSMENT Assessment is mainly by written examination but work is also continuously assessed by projects, assignments, essays, laboratory work and short tests. WORK PLACEMENTS Many placements are with aircraft and component manufacturers, often in departments concerned with high performance engine development and all types of testing – students have more than once flown as part of a test team! Other placements involve software development, thermal imaging and development of test equipment. CAREERS Graduates take up employment in fields such as aircraft and components design and manufacture, maintenance and testing, propulsion systems, flight simulation, avionics, aviation, patent engineering, financial services, and many more.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Mrs Petra Gratton School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 266633 Email me-ug-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


ACCREDITATION This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE). MEng OR BEng OPTIONS If you enter the BEng route, you can usually transfer to the MEng programme at the end of Level 2 by obtaining an average of 60% at that level. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Fundamentals of Solid Body Mechanics • Fundamentals of Thermofluids • Analytical Methods and Skills • Engineering Materials, Manufacturing and Electrical Machines • Introduction to Engineering Design • Aerospace Laboratories, Technical Drawing and Workshop Experience Level 2 • Solid Body Mechanics • Thermofluids • Modelling, Control and Microprocessor Applications • Computer Aided Design and Manufacture • Project Management and Engineering Materials • Avionics and Materials in Aerospace Applications Level 3 • Engineering System Design and Numerical Modelling • Airworthiness, Business, Advanced Materials and Manufacturing

• Analysis of Aircraft Structures • Aerodynamics, Propulsion Systems and Flight Mechanics • Major Individual Project

UCAS CODES MEng H400 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) H403 (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

MEng COURSE CONTENT For information on assessment, work placements, careers and accreditation, see the BEng route (opposite). In addition to the BEng content, you will study for a further year (Level 4), bringing your degree up to Master’s level. In this final year, you will develop a deeper understanding and the ability to deal with more complex applications in the aerospace field. Management and research methodologies are also explored, and skills strengthened through a major group project. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 4 • Strategic Management and Enterprise • Research Methodology and Innovation • Design and Analysis of Aircraft and Aerospace Vehicles • Advanced Aerodynamics, Propulsion Systems and Space Mechanics • Current Topics in Aerospace • Major Group Project

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

entry requirements MEng GCE A and AS-level 370 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Maths and Physics at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 370 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level (excluding General Studies) for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 34 points, including 6 points in both Maths and Physics at Higher Level BTEC ND DDD including Distinctions in Further Mathematics for Technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent, together with either 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in Engineering, including Distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at Level 3 For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

173


UCAS CODES BEng Aviation Engineering with Pilot Studies BEng H1HK (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H4H1 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Aviation Engineering BEng HH4C (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) HHC4 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

entry requirements BEng GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade C in Maths and Physics at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level (excluding General Studies) for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points, including 5 points in both Maths and Physics at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM including Distinctions in Further Mathematics for Technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in Engineering, including Distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at Level 3 For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

174

Aviation Engineering with Pilot Studies BEng/MEng Aviation Engineering BEng/MEng

This course is available with or without Pilot Studies (see left). Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

BEng COURSE CONTENT This course has been developed to allow graduates a wide range of career options within the aircraft industry. The pilot training provides the first stepping stone towards a career as a commercial or military pilot. Aviation Engineering, which runs alongside the course incorporating Pilot Studies, replaces flying training with greater engineering content, making this particularly suitable for a professional engineering career, but not in a flying role. Level 1 covers engineering fundamentals and all students study for the ground examinations for the European Private Pilot’s Licence. Pilot Studies students also complete the flying training elements of the UK National Private Pilot’s Licence*. Levels 2, 3 and 4 are common to both courses and comprise specialist engineering and aerospace subjects. Pilot Studies students can continue their flying training towards the

European JAR‑FCL Private Pilot’s Licence, possibly with the addition of either a Night Qualification, or an Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC) Rating. The University’s flight simulator is used throughout the course, particularly in project work and the teaching of flight mechanics and flight testing. * Due to the cost of undertaking flying training, there is a major additional cost for the Aviation Engineering with Pilot Studies course, although this is payable in Level 1 only. Please see the web course entry for more information.

ASSESSMENT Assessment is mainly by written examination but work is also continuously assessed by projects, assignments, essays, laboratory work and short tests. WORK PLACEMENTS You will have the opportunity to carry out high quality professional placements in the UK or overseas.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Mrs Petra Gratton School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 266633 Email me-ug-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


CAREERS Both courses prepare graduates to pursue almost any professional aerospace career, for example as an aeronautical engineer, commercial or military pilot, air traffic controller, researcher or officer in the airborne branches of any of the armed services. Pilot Studies graduates might also pursue a course of professional flying training. ACCREDITATION This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) and the Royal Aeronautical Society (RAeS). MEng OR BEng OPTIONS If you enter the BEng route, you can usually transfer to the MEng programme at the end of Level 2 by obtaining an average of 60% at that level. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Fundamentals of Solid Body Mechanics • Fundamentals of Thermofluids • Analytical Methods and Skills • NPPL Ground Theory • NPPL Flying Practice • Engineering Materials, Manufacturing and Electrical Machines • Aerospace Laboratories, Technical Drawing and Workshop Experience Level 2 • Thermofluids • Aircraft Aerodynamics and Flight Mechanics

• Avionics and Materials in Aerospace Applications • Solid Body Mechanics • Aircraft Design and Project Management • Computer Aided Design and Manufacture Level 3 • Flight Testing and Propulsion Systems • Aviation Management, Safety and Ethics • Airworthiness, Aerospace Business and Advanced Materials and Manufacturing • Airport Environment and Design • Major Individual Project

MEng COURSE CONTENT For information on assessment, work placements, careers and accreditation, see the BEng route (opposite).

UCAS CODES MEng Aviation Engineering with Pilot Studies MEng H1H4 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) H1HL (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Aviation Engineering MEng HH41 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) HH14 (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

entry requirements MEng GCE A and AS-level 370 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Maths and Physics at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 370 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level (excluding General Studies) for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 34 points, including 6 points in both Maths and Physics at Higher Level

In addition to the BEng content, your Level 4 modules will prepare you for senior managerial or operational roles within the industry.

BTEC ND DDD including Distinctions in Further Mathematics for Technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent, together with either 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details)

TYPICAL MODULES

Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor.

Check the web for the latest updates Level 4 • Strategic Management and Enterprise • Research Methodology and Innovation • Advanced Aerodynamics, Propulsion Systems and Space Mechanics • Aircraft Operations • Current Topics in Aerospace • Major Group Project

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Access Pass in Engineering, including Distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at Level 3 For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

175


UCAS CODES Mechanical Engineering BEng H303 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H304 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Mechanical Engineering with Aeronautics BEng H3HL (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H3HK (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Mechanical Engineering BEng This course is available via a variety of routes (see left). Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. COURSE CONTENT

Mechanical Engineering with Automotive Design BEng H330 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H342 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Mechanical Engineering with Building Services BEng H3KF (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H3K2 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

entry requirements BEng GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade C in Maths and Physics at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level (excluding General Studies) for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points, including 5 points in both Maths and Physics at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM including Distinctions in Further Mathematics for Technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in Engineering, including Distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at Level 3 For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

176

Levels 1 and 2 are common to all the courses and aim to give you a strong grounding in engineering sciences. We also encourage you to study a European language in your own time, with a view to undertaking an exchange programme in Europe during your second year. There is also the opportunity to study at Iowa University in the USA. Language options are also available in the final year. You begin to specialise at Level 3 so you will be able to switch courses up to the end of Level 2. If you progress to the MEng programme you will, in addition, take Level 4, which represents one further year of study (see page 178). The mainstream Mechanical Engineering route covers all the fundamental elements of mechanical engineering and design and provides a background in such fields as electronics, electrical engineering, control, energy and environment. To give you greater commercial insight and awareness, you will also study elements of management, finance and law. The Aeronautics route will introduce you to an industry working at the frontiers

of advanced aircraft technology. You may go on to work with an aircraft or engine manufacturer or an airline, or apply your specialised training to another high-technology industry. In the latter part of the course, you will take modules in aircraft aerodynamics, propulsion systems, structural analysis for aeronautical applications and flight mechanics. In recent times, the UK automotive industry has invested heavily in CAD and new test facilities. This, coupled with the shift towards automated manufacture, is leading to the industry’s adoption of new materials technology. To meet the challenge, you will need a good grasp of mechanical engineering principles and the new materials being used. In the latter part of the Automotive Design route, you will take specialist modules in vehicle aerodynamics, internal combustion engines, structural analysis for automotive design and vehicle dynamics. The Building Services route aims to help you address the demand for an increasingly high quality living and working environment. The design of heating,

Contact Admissions Tutor, Mrs Petra Gratton School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 266633 Email me-ug-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


ventilation and air conditioning, visual and aural services, lighting, transportation and security systems are becoming more sophisticated to meet this demand. ASSESSMENT Assessment is mainly by written examination but work is also continuously assessed by projects, assignments, essays, laboratory work and short tests. WORK PLACEMENTS Many placements are with major vehicle manufacturers, often in departments concerned with highperformance engine development and all types of testing. One car manufacturer places its students in plants in France, Germany and the US. Students are also placed with aircraft manufacturers and sometimes have the opportunity to fly as part of a test team. Other placements involve software development, flight simulators, automated production, thermal imaging and biomedical equipment. CAREERS Mechanical Engineering graduates take up employment in a wide variety of fields such as the automotive industry, aviation and avionics, building services engineering, water distribution, electric power generation, patent engineering, consultancy, financial services, the railways and many more. ACCREDITATION This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE). MEng OR BEng OPTIONS If you enter the BEng route, you can usually transfer to the MEng programme at the end of Level 2 by obtaining an average of 60% at that level (see overleaf).

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Fundamentals of Solid Body Mechanics • Fundamentals of Thermofluids • Analytical Methods and Skills • Engineering Materials, Manufacturing and Electrical Machines • Introduction to Engineering Design • Mechanical Laboratories, Technical Drawing and Workshop Experience Level 2 • Solid Body Mechanics • Thermofluids • Modelling, Control and Microprocessor Applications • Computer Aided Design and Manufacture • Mechanisms, Simulations and Computer Graphics Level 3 (General) • Fundamentals and Applications of Numerical Modelling • Business and the Environment • Major Individual Project Level 3 (Options) • Analysis of Vehicle Structures (Automotive Design) • Aerodynamics and Internal Combustion Engineering (Automotive Design) • Analysis of Aircraft Structures (Aeronautics) • Aerodynamics, Propulsion Systems and Flight Mechanics (Aeronautics) • HVAC Systems (Building Services) • Electrical Systems for Buildings (Building Services) • Racing Vehicle Design, Performance and Legislation (Automotive Design) • Aircraft Airworthiness, Advanced Materials and Manufacturing Methods (Aeronautics)

A group of Mechanical Engineering students with a keen interest in both alternative energy sources and motorcycles competed in the first zero carbon, clean emission Grand Prix in 2009. The MEng final-year group project provided the ideal opportunity for the students to plan, manage, design, build and deliver a working bike to the start line. The main focus of their project was the investigation and implementation of “green” technology in conjunction with existing race-bike systems to produce a high-speed and competitive machine suitable for a professional rider.

177


UCAS CODES Mechanical Engineering MEng H301 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) H302 (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Mechanical Engineering with Aeronautics MEng HH34 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) HHH4 (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Mechanical Engineering with Automotive Design MEng H320 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) H321 (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Mechanical Engineering with Building Services MEng HK22 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) HKF2 (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Mechanical Engineering MEng This course is available via a variety of routes (see left). Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. For information on course content, assessment, work placements, careers and accreditation, see the BEng route (page 176).

COURSE CONTENT In addition to the BEng content, you will study for a further year (Level 4), bringing your degree up to Master’s level. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 4

entry requirements MEng GCE A and AS-level 370 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Maths and Physics at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only)

• Strategic Management and Enterprise • Research Planning, Methodology and Innovation • Advanced CAD and Numerical Modelling • Advanced Thermofluids • Advanced Solid Body Mechanics • Major Group Project

Advanced Diploma 370 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level (excluding General Studies) for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 34 points, including 6 points in both Maths and Physics at Higher Level BTEC ND DDD including Distinctions in Further Mathematics for Technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent, together with either 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in Engineering, including Distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at Level 3 For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

178

Contact Admissions Tutor, Mrs Petra Gratton School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 266633 Email me-ug-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Jonathan graduated in 2008 with an MEng in Mechanical Engineering.

I knew Brunel offered a Foundation year from an Open Day visit and after some disappointing A-level results I grasped it with both hands. The year helped bridge my knowledge gap between A-levels and an engineering degree. In the third year of my degree, I won a paid placement at Gillette UK. My role involved acting as a quality engineer for aerosols and deodorants. The placement was very challenging, but also rewarding because of the practical experience and knowledge gained. For my final year project I was elected as group leader. “Water Cycle” is a human-powered, portable device which purifies contaminated water into drinking water for the developing world. Three minutes of cycling produces one litre of drinking water along with three litres of brine for domestic use. We made contact with professionals in the water industry and carried out a quality assessment of the water in laboratory conditions, helped by Brunel’s Institute for the Environment. At Made in Brunel, the Engineering and Design School’s graduate showcase, there was massive interest in developing our idea from professionals with commercial and investment experience. I received four job offers, and decided to go to MWH in High Wycombe as a Graduate Project Mechanical Engineer, with a financial package and career opportunities well above my target employment expectations. Summarising my six years at Brunel, there are many positive things – the quality of teaching, the engineering and industrial contacts and the knowledge and substantial skills gained on the course that helped me at job interviews. If you want to become a professional engineer, I believe there is no better course you can take.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

179


UCAS CODES BEng H336 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) H335 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Motorsport Engineering BEng/MEng

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

BEng COURSE CONTENT

entry requirements BEng GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade C in Maths and Physics at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level (excluding General Studies) for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points, including 5 points in both Maths and Physics at Higher Level BTEC ND DDM including Distinctions in Further Mathematics for Technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in Engineering, including Distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at Level 3 For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

180

This degree programme has arisen from the demand in the motorsport industry for graduates who have a rigorous academic education coupled with a well-developed appreciation of the highly competitive and commercial nature of this industry. You will study similar modules to those of a standard mechanical engineering course but with a strong flavour of motorsport in their application. Levels 1 and 2 are designed to ensure you have a firm grasp of the theoretical and practical elements of the broader discipline. Some modules are specific to the course and relate closely to racing vehicle materials, manufacturing methods and electronics. Level 3 is directly related to motorsport engineering. Project work is commonplace and is usually completed in groups to imitate the everyday experience in an engineering firm where specialists pool their talents to design solutions to problems.

ASSESSMENT Assessment is mainly by written examination but work is also continuously assessed by projects, assignments, essays, laboratory work and short tests. WORK PLACEMENTS You can spend a year working in the motorsport industry between Levels 2 and 3 and many use this experience as a basis for their major project. Placements may be with leading vehicle and component manufacturers such as Mercedes-Benz High Performance Engines, Ford, BMW, Nissan or Rolls‑Royce, or with motor racing companies such as Lotus, Renault F1 or Williams F1. You will also be given the opportunity to take part in the Formula Student competition, which sets teams the task of designing, building and racing a car. Brunel has been involved in the competition from the start and has won numerous prizes, including sixth place overall and second place amongst UK universities out of 87 international student teams in the 2009 Formula Student UK competition, held at the Silverstone circuit.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Mrs Petra Gratton School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 266633 Email me-ug-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


CAREERS This course will set you on track for a career in the motorsport industry. Graduates from Brunel are working in leading teams in Formula One, such as Force India F1, as well as the other formulas and in rallying. Many other graduates are working for component manufacturers who serve both motorsport and other engineering specialisms. ACCREDITATION This course is accredited by the Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE).

• Computer Aided Design and Manufacture and its Application in Motorsport • Racing Vehicle Materials, Manufacturing and Management • Mechanisms, Simulations and Computer Graphics

TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 • Fundamentals of Solid Body Mechanics • Fundamentals of Thermofluids • Analytical Methods and Skills • Engineering Materials, Manufacturing and Electrical Machines • Introduction to Engineering Design • Motorsport Laboratories, Technical Drawing and Workshop Experience Level 2 • Solid Body Mechanics • Thermofluids • Modelling, Control and Automotive Electronics

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

H331 (4 YEARS FULL-TIME) H334 (5 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

Level 3 • Analysis of Vehicle Structures • Racing Vehicle Design and Performance • Numerical Modelling, Racing Legislation, Finance and Sponsorship • Racing Vehicle Aerodynamics and Internal Combustion Engines • Major Individual Project

MEng OR BEng OPTIONS If you enter the BEng route, you can usually transfer to the MEng programme at the end of Level 2 by obtaining an average of 60% at that level.

UCAS CODES MEng

MEng For information on course content, assessment, work placements, careers and accreditation, see the BEng route (opposite). COURSE CONTENT In addition to the BEng content, you will study for a further year (Level 4), bringing your degree up to Master’s level. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 4 • Racing Team Management and Vehicle Testing • Advanced Vehicle Dynamics, IC Engines and Materials • Research Methodology and Innovation • Advanced Thermofluids • Advanced Solid Body Mechanics • Major Group Project

entry requirements MEng GCE A and AS-level 370 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade B in Maths and Physics at A-level (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 370 tariff points in Engineering, including the Specialist Unit in Maths for Engineers plus 1 AS-level (excluding General Studies) for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 34 points, including 6 points in both Maths and Physics at Higher Level BTEC ND DDD including Distinctions in Further Mathematics for Technicians, and Further Mechanical Principles or equivalent, together with either 1 AS‑level or Extended Project Qualification (BTECs are welcomed in a variety of related subjects – please contact the Admissions Tutor for details) Foundations of Engineering courses For Brunel Foundations of Engineering progression requirements, see page 204. For external foundation courses, please contact the Admissions Tutor. Access Pass in Engineering, including Distinctions in all Maths and Physics units at Level 3 For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

181


Politics, History and International Relations

182

Brunel University

School of Social Sciences


Safa is a third year Politics and Economics student.

I chose to come to Brunel because I wanted more from university than just a degree – I wanted to be in an environment of opportunity. The campus is so vibrant and there is such a rich selection of clubs and societies here that it is difficult not to get involved! Studying Politics and Economics has engaged me in lively debate, group work, critical analysis and has given me the ability to better understand the complex world around me. I have enjoyed rewarding responsibilities such as playing on the tennis team and being the club’s treasurer as well as acting as a student representative for the last two years. When it comes to deciding what to do after university, the careers service here are on hand with an abundance of resources and advice. I spent my first summer holiday at Goldman Sachs where I gained an invaluable insight into investment banking. More recently, I completed a summer internship at JPMorgan on their Emerging Markets trading desk – a challenging experience and incredible fun. My three points of advice for prospective Brunel students would be to arrive with an open mind, to be yourself, and to treat the next few years as your biggest opportunity.

Annual Intake: 100 Why study Politics, History and International Relations at Brunel? ★★ Courses are designed and taught by world-

renowned experts in contemporary history, politics, international relations and social policy.

★★ Politics students can take a one-year, professional

work placement – past students have worked at the Home Office, the Treasury, the Houses of Parliament and for organisations such as Epolitix.com and Politics International.

★★ Politics and History students have the chance

to spend a period of study abroad. Optional destinations (depending upon your degree course) are Finland, France, Germany, the USA, Ireland, Malta and Cyprus.

★★ Graduates benefit from excellent career prospects,

and have gone on to become politicians, join local and national government organisations, or work in the private sector.

COURSES AT A GLANCE History BA.......................................................................... Page 184 Options for Honours degree combinations.................Page 185 Politics BSc...........................................................................Page 186 Options for Honours degree combinations.................Page 187 International Politics BSc...................................................Page 186

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

183


UCAS CODES History BA

History

BA

V100 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) V101 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Politics and History BSc

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

LVG1 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LVF1 (4 YEARS THIck-SANDWICH)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including Grade C in A-level History (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Creative and Media, Society, Health and Development or Business, Administration and Finance, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass, including at least 50% of units with Merit or Distinction For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Team.

COURSE CONTENT

INTERNATIONAL LINKS

The study of history is the best way to understand the world in which we live today. Our history modules have a wide-ranging and progressive structure intended to introduce you to a wealth of situations, challenges and responses that individuals and societies have faced across time and continents. We not only believe in encouraging a critical appreciation and love of history, but in developing the sorts of skills so necessary in the modern workplace.

Under the Erasmus scheme, students taking History at Brunel have the opportunity to undertake a period of study at universities in the US, Malta, Ireland and Cyprus.

You can choose from a wide selection of modules, each of which may have a discrete emphasis on social, economic, political, intellectual or cultural history, or may weave one or more of these perspectives together. They are intended to encourage you to develop your own skills in analysing and interpreting historical evidence, in formulating argument, and in developing your own historical viewpoints. ASSESSMENT Most Level 1 and Level 2 modules are assessed by a 2,000 word coursework piece (worth 50% of the marks) and a 2-hour written exam (worth the remaining 50%). There is some oral assessment at Level 3.

184

CAREERS In the past our students have proceeded to further training as managers in retailing and industry, and have qualified as chartered accountants and chartered surveyors. Among our graduates there are journalists, teachers, police officers, bankers and civil servants, the latter in both national and local government. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates. Module availability may vary from year to year. Level 1 • Introduction to Modern World History • The Americas: From Conquest to Settlement • American History: 1850s to 1980s • Britain: 1707-1939 • Either: Europe since 1870; or World History

Contact Admissions Tutor Tel +44 (0)1895 266826 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Level 2

Level 3

• US Foreign Policy (Core) • Gender in Early America (Core) • The Birth of Industrial Britain (Core) • Revolutionary Russia 1894‑1940 • Asia-Pacific International Relations • Total War in the Modern Era • International Relations • The Holocaust

• 10,000-12,000 word Dissertation (Core) • Modern EastWest Encounters • Media, Politics and Power in America • Soviet and PostSoviet Russia • Fascism • The Second World War • The Arab-Israeli Conflict • Slavery and Abolition • India and the World

History Honours degree combinations

Deyan was awarded the Peter Galloway Award for the most promising Level 2 student in the Politics and History subject area.

Studying Politics and Economics at Brunel University has allowed me to explore in detail two very different yet complimentary disciplines. This unique combination gave me a better understanding of how our world functions, as well as knowledge that will be useful to me in my future studies and career. The support I got from the teaching staff at Brunel made my studies interesting and enjoyable.

You may also combine the study of History with Politics. The details are shown below.

COURSE CONTENT In this joint honours programme you will take at least 160 credits in History. The course draws on the skills and expertise of all the academic staff in Politics and History, and you will have the opportunity to study a wide variety of historical themes. You will select course modules from those offered by each of the two subjects and you should refer to the course content and any special entry requirements for both. In particular, you should note that you will normally be expected to attain the higher entry tariff of the two subjects.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Don’t forget to check the web page for your programme for more information. POLITICS AND HISTORY (BSc) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS Tariff Points Refer to Politics, page 186 Admissions Tutor Tel +44 (0)1895 266826 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

185


UCAS CODES Politics BSc L200 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) L202 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

International Politics BSc L240 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) L241 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Politics and Economics BSc LLC2 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LL12 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Politics and history BSc LVG1 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LVf1 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

Politics and sociology BSc LLH2 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LL23 (4 YEARS THICK‑SANDWICH)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Creative and Media, Society, Health and Development or Business, Administration and Finance, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass, including at least 50% of units with Merit or Distinction For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Team.

186

Politics BSc International Politics

BSc

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. COURSE CONTENT All Politics students take a number of ‘core’ modules combined with a range of optional modules at Levels 2 and 3. At Level 3, you will also have the opportunity to research and write a major project. Politics is a broad-based degree which offers a good foundation in the different approaches to, and theories of, politics, as well as a range of options that focus on European, American and international politics, and political change. International Politics places international affairs in their political and historical contexts. As well as providing a foundation in politics and international relations, the programme will develop your understanding of the importance of politics and contemporary history in a globalising world. ASSESSMENT Most modules are assessed by a combination of coursework and written exams. Typically, coursework marks constitute 25‑50% of overall module grades. INTERNATIONAL LINKS You have the opportunity to study for three months at the State University of New York at Brockport. Some sandwich

students spend a second work placement in Washington or elsewhere in the USA. We also run well-established exchange schemes in the Socrates Programme with European universities. WORK PLACEMENTS Our students have taken placements in a variety of settings, including Politics International, Epolitix.com, the Office of the Leader of the Opposition, MPs’ offices at the Houses of Parliament, the Home Office, the offices of US Senators, HM Treasury, HM Customs and Excise, the Welsh Development Agency and Addenbrooke’s NHS Trust. CAREERS Studying politics equips you with a range of transferable skills. Our students pursue a wide variety of jobs: some Brunel graduates such as John McDonnell MP or Baroness McDonagh opt for careers in politics. Others have joined the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, the Home Office, GCHQ, military intelligence, and public and private sector organisations such as PricewaterhouseCoopers, British Airways, Coca Cola Schweppes and HSBC. Significant numbers have taken further training to pursue careers such as journalism, law, and teaching at every level.

Contact Admissions Tutor Tel +44 (0)1895 266826 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


TYPICAL MODULES

Level 2 Core

Level 3 Options

Check the web for the latest updates.

• International Relations • Comparative Politics • Total War in the Modern Era • US Foreign Policy

• India and the World • Empire, Imperialism and Hegemony • Marx and Marxism • Media, Power and Politics in America • Soviet and Post-Soviet Russia • Parties and Voters in the UK • Fascism • The Second World War • The Arab-Israeli Conflict

Module availability may vary from year to year. Level 1 Core • Modern British Politics • Political Science Methods • Central Themes in Political Thought • Introduction to American Politics • Introduction to International Politics • Europe since 1870 • Introduction to Modern World History

Level 2 Options • Asia-Pacific International Relations • Revolutionary Russia 1894-1940 • Issues in American Politics • Democracy and Democratisation • The Holocaust Level 3 Core • 10,000-12,000 word Dissertation • Globalisation and Governance • Politics and Policy of the EU

Politics Honours degree combinations You may also combine the study of politics with a range of other subjects. The options are shown below.

COURSE CONTENT You will take core modules in Political Science Methods, British Politics, Central Themes in Political Thought, Comparative Politics and Politics of the EU, along with a range of options at Levels 2 and 3. The Politics and Economics combination allows you to examine how political and economic factors enter into public and private decision-making. You will gain technical expertise in, for example, quantitative and computing skills and an understanding of micro- and macro-economic principles. In Politics and History, you will add modules in historiography, historical skills and a wide variety of historical periods and substantive themes.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

The Politics and Sociology degree gives you an understanding of current thinking on human sciences, culture and modernity, social theory and everyday life, amongst other topics. You should refer to the course content and any special entry requirements for both subjects. You will normally be expected to attain the higher entry tariff of the two subjects. Check the web for full entry requirements.

POLITICS AND HISTORY (BSc) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS Tariff Points Refer to History, page 184 Admissions Tutor Tel +44 (0)1895 266826 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk POLITICS AND SOCIOLOGY (BSc) Entry Requirements

POLITICS AND ECONOMICS (BSc)

300 UCAS Tariff Points Refer to Sociology, page 196

Entry Requirements

Admissions Tutor

320 UCAS Tariff Points Refer to Economics, page 102

Tel +44 (0)1895 266826 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Admissions Tutor Tel +44 (0)1895 266826 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

187


Psychology

188

Brunel University

School of Social Sciences


Beverley graduated in 2008 and has secured a permanent position with her placement employer.

Annual Intake: 180 Why study Psychology at Brunel? ★★ We have an international research reputation,

and a wide range of expertise in areas such as cognitive psychology, cross-cultural psychology, developmental psychology, evolutionary psychology, health psychology, mental illness, neuropsychology, social psychology and visual neuroscience.

My degree involved two work placements – I was a teaching assistant in a primary school for the first, and a volunteer Psychology Assistant at HMP Wormwood Scrubs for the second. I really enjoyed my time at Wormwood Scrubs as it gave me the opportunity to realise that Forensic Psychology was the career path for me. I stayed on beyond the four and a half months as I wanted to develop my experience further. I had the chance to interview prisoners on my own and obtain a greater understanding of the roles and duties of a psychologist working in the prison service. I chose Brunel due to the four-year thin‑sandwich course which I hoped would assist me in deciding what career path to take. A Psychology degree gives the opportunity to choose a career in many areas and some aspects of the course content related to certain career fields. I certainly recommend Brunel to those who want a good education along with a sense of working in the real world before completing their degree. I have now secured a permanent job as a Psychology Assistant. I will need to do further study including a Master’s degree in Forensic Psychology and two years’ Chartership training, but I would not have secured the job so soon after graduating if it had not been for my work placement.

★★ A 2.2 grade or higher gives qualification for the

graduate basis for chartered membership (formerly graduate basis for registration) of the British Psychological Society.

★★ The thin-sandwich degree gives you an

opportunity to develop skills relevant to the psychology professions, enhancing career prospects and enabling access to further Psychology qualifications.

★★ The full range of laboratory and technical

facilities are used in the teaching of experimental psychology. This includes access to brain imaging facilities (fMRI, EEG), psychophysics and information technology, and behavioural testing labs.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Psychology BSc....................................................................Page 190 Options for Honours degree combinations.....................Page 191

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

189


UCAS CODES Psychology BSc

Psychology

BSc

C801 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) C800 (4 YEARS THIn‑SANDWICH)

Psychology and anthropology BSc LC68 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LC6V (4 YEARS THIn-SANDWICH)

Psychology and Sociology BSc CL8H (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) Cl83 (4 YEARS THIn-SANDWICH)

entry requirements (Single Honours) GCE A and AS-level 350 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including at least 2 A-levels in traditional subjects – see the web course entry for details (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 350 tariff points in Society, Health and Development, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 33 points BTEC ND DDD in a related subject Access Pass, including at least 65% of Level 3 credits with Distinction and the rest with Merit For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

COURSE CONTENT The Psychology courses at Brunel emphasise the everyday and real-life significance of psychology by encouraging you to explore the relationship between the practical and theoretical aspects of the subject, both through your academic study and your work placements. At Level 1, you will gain a grounding in all the key areas of Psychology. At Level 2, modules cover the core areas of the discipline including cognitive, biological, social, clinical and developmental psychology. You will learn about both quantitative and qualitative research methods. At Level 3 you will carry out your own independent research project and will also choose four optional modules.

CAREERS With a good degree in psychology you may go on to train as, for example, a clinical, educational, occupational or forensic psychologist. Other careers include work with adults or children with disabilities, counselling, personnel management, market research and advertising, prison and probation work, speech and language therapy and psychological research. Psychology degrees are valued in business and by other employers.

ASSESSMENT Students are assessed using a range of methods, including coursework assignments, oral and poster presentations and seen and unseen examinations. WORK PLACEMENTS Work placements in the fouryear sandwich route give you the opportunity to experience

190

psychology in practice. You may work in hospitals, prisons, schools, special education units, child guidance clinics or the social work departments of local authorities, or you may contribute to research projects linked with universities, government departments or private companies.

PROFESSIONAL ACCREDITATION Psychology, Psychology and Sociology, and Psychology and Anthropology are approved degree courses for the purpose of giving the graduate basis for chartered membership of the British Psychological Society, provided the minimum qualification standard of second class honours is achieved.

Contact Admissions Tutor School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265942 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


TYPICAL MODULES

Level 2 Core

Level 3 Options

Check the web for the latest updates

• Quantitative and Qualitative Research Methods • Research Data Analysis • Social Psychology • Individual Differences • Cognitive Psychology • Developmental Psychology • Biological Psychology • Psychological Disorders

A choice of four from, for example:

Level 1 Core • Foundations of Psychology 1: Learning and Social Psychology • Foundations of Psychology 2: Applied Psychology • Foundations of Psychology 3: Brain and Cognition • Statistics and Research Methods 1 • Statistics and Research Methods 2 • Individual and Social Processes

Level 3 Core • Dissertation (individual supervision on a topic of your own choosing)

• Autistic Spectrum Disorder • Health Psychology • Inter-Group Relations • Introduction to Cognitive Neuroscience • The Psychology of Ageing • The Social Psychology of Close Relationships • Therapeutic Approaches in Clinical Psychology and Mental Health • Psychology of Consciousness • Drugs, Hormones and the Brain One option may also be taken from a selection of approved non‑Psychology options, within the School of Social Sciences.

Psychology Honours degree combinations You may combine the study of Psychology with other subjects. The options are shown below.

COURSE CONTENT Psychology and Sociology is ideal for those interested in combining the wide structural insights of sociology with the rigorous techniques of psychology, while a Psychology and Anthropology degree is particularly suited to students who are curious about their own and other societies in addition to psychology. These degrees will give students a broad intellectual grounding in all aspects of human behaviour, and may give the graduate basis for chartered membership of the BPS (see left). Each term, approximately one module from the four taken will be in the other discipline (either Sociology or Anthropology).

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

Don’t forget to check the web page for your programme for the exact course structure at each level, as well as full entry requirements. In particular, you should note that you will be expected to attain the higher entry tariff of the two subjects. PSYCHOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY (BSc) Refer to Anthropology, page 58

PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY (BSc) Refer to Sociology, page 194 Entry Requirements 350 UCAS Tariff Points (see Psychology, opposite) Admissions Tutor School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265942 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Entry Requirements 350 UCAS Tariff Points (see Psychology, opposite) Admissions Tutor School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265942 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

191


Sociology and Communications

192

Brunel University

School of Social Sciences


Amanda graduated in 2009 in Communication and Media Studies and has secured a graduate training role at Harrods.

Annual Intake: 125 Why study Sociology and Communications at Brunel? ★★ We have an international reputation for research

and excellence in teaching, with particular expertise in areas such as globalisation and social transformation, sociology of leisure and urban space, television and media audiences, the public sphere, health and the politics of protest, multiculturalism, race and ethnicity.

I chose Brunel due to its excellent reputation and the fantastic student facilities that it has to offer. I was also able to take advantage of a Scholarship based on my A-level grades, which has helped me greatly during my time here. I found my degree challenging yet incredibly rewarding. The course drew on a number of academic disciplines, including sociology and anthropology, to present a well rounded analysis of the media and its effects on society at large. My final year was the most challenging, as I wanted to secure a graduate job on top of studying for my degree. The Placement and Careers Centre was particularly useful in giving me advice, from writing my CV to preparing for job interviews. I can honestly say that the support I received from Brunel played a great part in helping me to secure my place on a graduate training scheme at Harrods. Above all, I am impressed at how Brunel aims to help students from all backgrounds to achieve their full potential. Based on my own experiences, I think the support available here is outstanding.

★★ Our courses are multi-disciplinary and flexible – you will have the option to take modules in other Social Sciences subjects.

★★ Professional work placements are integral to the

course, and allow you to develop invaluable skills in a prominent organisation.

★★ Communications and Media Studies students have

access to video recording equipment, a number of industry standard AVID video editing suites and ample IT facilities.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Communication and Media Studies BSc...........................Page 194 Options for Honours degree combinations.................Page 195 Sociology BSc......................................................................Page 196 Options for Honours degree combinations.................Page 197

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

193


UCAS CODES Communication and Media Studies BSc PP93 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) P910 (4 YEARS THIn‑SANDWICH)

Communication and Media Studies BSc Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

Sociology and Media Studies BSc LP33 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LP39 (4 YEARS THIn‑SANDWICH)

entry requirements (single Honours) GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (General Studies/ Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Creative and Media or Society, Health and Development, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass, including at least 50% of units with Merit or Distinction For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Communication and Media Studies department.

COURSE CONTENT

WORK PLACEMENTS

This course offers a wide‑ranging approach to the social dimensions of the media and of new communications and information technologies, in particular within a social science framework. It provides sociological insights and research understanding as well as theoretical and practical modules on media and contemporary culture.

You can gain experience in a variety of jobs in the communication industries, ranging from research and production work for television and radio to marketing traineeships with major corporations.

Level 1 provides a foundation in theories and methods of media studies, including support for developing analytical and study skills. Level 2 advances your understanding of communications and media, including studying modules on Media, Culture and Representation, Global Communication and Video Production. At Level 3, you can choose a variety of modules, including The Age of New Media, Television Studies and Advanced Video Production.

Practical work makes up about a quarter of the course, and includes specific modules demonstrating how to plan, produce and edit video programmes. Practical work is not undertaken for its own sake, but in order to inform and challenge theoretical studies. CAREERS You can enter a wide variety of careers ranging from public relations and corporate communications to research and production work for video and television companies. Although you will have plenty of practical experience, this course is not designed to offer vocational qualifications in either information technology or film and television production.

ASSESSMENT Students are assessed using a range of methods, including coursework assignments, poster presentations and seen and unseen examinations.

194

Contact Admissions Tutor, Communication and Media Studies School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265961 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


TYPICAL MODULES

Level 3 Core

Check the web for the latest updates

• Dissertation

Level 1 Core

• Advanced Video Production: Film, Horror and the Imagination • The Age of New Media • City Lives: Bodies, Spaces and Social Interactions • Television Studies • Comedy, Culture and the Media • Crime, Deviance and Addiction • Health and the New Politics of Protest • Multiculturalism: Race, Identity and Difference

• Introduction to Media Studies • Media, Culture and Society • Introduction to Video Production • Introduction to Social and Cultural Research • Introduction to Social Enquiry • Individual and Social Processes Level 2 Core • Video Production • Research in Practice • Media, Culture and Representation • Global Communication • Sociology of Everyday Life: Issues in Contemporary Culture

Level 3 Options

Media Studies Honours degree combinations

A group of third year Communication and Media Studies students filmed and edited a production using high definition cameras. Their brief was to produce a ten minute horror film, and over the course of 12 weeks they learned how to use professional camera and editing equipment, and how to output their finished piece to Blu-Ray disc. These films were screened at the Uxbridge Odeon as part of an end of year celebration of student work.

You may combine Media Studies with Sociology. The options are shown below. You will select course modules from those offered by each of the two subjects, and you should refer to the course content and any special entry requirements for both. In particular, please note that you will normally be expected to attain the higher entry tariff of the two subjects. Don’t forget to check the web page for your programme for more information.

SOCIOLOGY AND MEDIA STUDIES BSc Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Sociology, page 196 Admissions Tutor Communication and Media Studies School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265961 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk For course content and typical modules for this degree combination, see page 197.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

195


UCAS CODES Sociology BSc

Sociology

BSc

L301 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) L300 (4 YEARS THIn-SANDWICH)

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

Sociology and Media Studies BSc

COURSE CONTENT

LP33 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LP39 (4 YEARS THIn‑SANDWICH) Anthropology and Sociology BSc LL6h (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) ll63 (4 YEARS THIn‑SANDWICH) Politics and Sociology BSc LLH2 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) LL23 (4 YEARS THIck‑SANDWICH) Psychology and Sociology BSc CL8H (3 YEARS FULL-TIME) CL83 (4 YEARS THIn‑SANDWICH)

entry requirements (SIngle Honours) GCE A and AS-level 300 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification (General Studies/ Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 300 tariff points in Society, Health and Development, including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 31 points BTEC ND DDM in a related subject Access Pass, including at least 50% of units with Merit or Distinction For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Sociology department.

This course will give you a stimulating and wide-ranging introduction to the theories, methods and findings of sociology and social theory. It will also offer specialisms in particular areas, such as social divisions, globalisation, new media, and multiculturalism. Level 1 will introduce you to the main themes in Sociology. At Level 2, you will take modules in the sociology of everyday life, research methods, social divisions and the changing nature of work. At Level 3, you can choose a variety of modules including health and social protest, new media, deviance, comedy and media and city lives. ASSESSMENT Students are assessed using a range of methods, including coursework assignments, poster presentations and seen and unseen examinations. WORK PLACEMENTS Recent examples from the range of work placements offered by Brunel include market research for a major advertising agency, field research in an ethnicallydiverse community, care work in a psychiatric day-centre, and work in local authority administration. CAREERS Sociologists are in increasing demand in many sectors, including social welfare and

196

policy, local government and administration, medicine, education and research, and industry. If you are thinking of a career in any of these fields, it may be possible to select work experience in these areas. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates Level 1 Core • Media, Culture and Society • Individual and Social Processes • Introduction to Social and Cultural Research • Introduction to Social Enquiry • Introduction to Sociology • Globalisation • Individual and Social Processes Level 2 Core • Research in Practice • Social Divisions • Work and Society • Sociology of Everyday Life: Issues in Contemporary Culture Level 3 Core • Dissertation Level 3 Options • The Age of New Media • City Lives: Bodies, Spaces and Social Interaction • Television Studies • Comedy, Culture and the Media • Crime, Deviance and Addiction • Health and the New Politics of Protest • Multiculturalism: Race, Identity and Difference

Contact Admissions Tutor, Sociology School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265961 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Sociology Honours degree combinations You may combine the study of Sociology with a variety of other subjects. The options are shown below.

You will select course modules from those offered by each of the two subjects, and you should refer to the course content and any special entry requirements for both. In particular, please note that you will normally be expected to attain the higher entry tariff of the two subjects. The contact for your chosen combination is shown under each course title. In addition, don’t forget to check the web page for your programme for more information. SOCIOLOGY AND MEDIA STUDIES BSc Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Sociology, page 196

Typical modules Check the web for updates Level 1 Core

Entry Requirements

• Introduction to Media Studies • Media, Culture and Society • Introduction to Sociology • Introduction to Social and Cultural Research • Introduction to Social Enquiry • Individual and Social Processes

350 UCAS tariff points Refer to Anthropology, page 58

Level 2 Core • Research in Practice • Media, Culture and Representation • Social Divisions • Global Communication • Work and Society • Sociology of Everyday Life: Issues in Contemporary Culture Level 3 Core

Admissions Team

• Dissertation

Communication and Media Studies School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265961 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

Level 3 Options

Course content Level 1 of this unique and innovative course will introduce you to the main themes in these two exciting fields. At Level 2 you will take modules in the sociology of everyday life, research methods, social divisions, media, culture and representation, global communication and the changing nature of work. At Level 3 you can choose from a variety of modules including health and social protest, television studies, new media, deviance, comedy and media and city lives.

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

ANTHROPOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY (BSc)

• The Age of New Media • City Lives: Bodies, Spaces and Social Interactions • Television Studies • Comedy, Culture and the Media • Crime, Deviance and Addiction • Health and the New Politics of Protest • Multiculturalism: Race, Identity and Difference

Admissions Team Anthropology School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265961 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk POLITICS AND SOCIOLOGY (BSc) Entry Requirements 300 UCAS tariff points Refer to Politics, page 186 Admissions Team Politics School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265961 Email efph-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY (BSc) Entry Requirements 350 UCAS tariff points Refer to Psychology, page 190 Admissions Team Psychology School of Social Sciences Tel +44 (0)1895 265961 Email ss-ugadmin@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

197


Sport Sciences

198

Brunel University

School of Sport and Education


Neil graduated in Sport Sciences, and has since travelled all over the world in the course of his postgraduate studies.

When I was preparing to graduate, I remember feeling apprehensive about my future. As so many people were graduating with the same qualification, what chance did I have of doing what I wanted to do? How would I take care of my finances? How could I avoid having to move back in with my parents after having tasted freedom? I knew that I wanted to continue my education, and I was accepted to study at the University of Jyvaskyla in Finland, where Master’s programmes last for two years but there are no tuition fees. I achieved many personal milestones in Finland, not least of which was overcoming my intense fear of public speaking, because I was required to do so on an almost fortnightly basis. Within the space of three months, I developed a passion for giving presentations which I am now exploiting by presenting my scientific work at conferences as far away as Japan and South Africa. After completing my Master’s, I began a PhD in collaboration with Aalborg University in Denmark. In the course of my PhD studies over the last three years, I have commuted around Scandinavia (with the occasional trip back to England to keep the parents happy), and can think of nothing more rewarding and challenging. I am now preparing for the next stage of my journey, which will see me move to the Gold Coast of Australia to start a Post Doctoral research position at Griffith University. The degree I obtained from Brunel acted as a foundation upon which my future was built.

Photo: Jussi Peltonen

Annual Intake: 180 Why study Sport Sciences at Brunel? ★★ Our courses offer opportunities in a broad range

of sport sciences disciplines: biomechanics, coaching, physical education, physiology, psychology and sociology. We are particularly proud of the links between high-quality teaching and internationally‑recognised research.

★★ Up to 100 national sporting honours are achieved

by our current students each year and we can boast many Olympic, World, Commonwealth and European champions amongst our graduates.

★★ We boast some of the best sports facilities in the

UK with a recent £14 million investment in a new indoor and outdoor sports and fitness complex (see pages 16-17 for more information).

★★ The Olympic and Paralympic Games in London in

2012 will provide unparalleled opportunities for Brunel’s students through Brunel University 2012 Programmes, an integrated series of activities and events which operates across the entire spectrum of University life.

★★ We are host to a number of research centres

including the Centre for Sports Medicine and Human Performance and the Centre for Youth Sport and Athlete Welfare.

COURSES AT A GLANCE Sport Sciences BSc.............................................................. Page 200 Sport Sciences (Management of Sport Development) BSc..................... Page 200 Sport Sciences (Coaching) BSc.......................................... Page 200 Sport Sciences (Human Performance) BSc....................... Page 200 Sport Sciences (Physical Education and Youth Sport) BSc....................... Page 200 Business Studies and Sport Sciences BSc Joint Hons*......Page 201 * Please note that this course’s title and typical modules may change following re-evaluation this year.

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

199


UCAS CODES Sport Sciences BSc C600 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

Sport Sciences

BSc

C602 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH)

A number of pathway options are available within this course (see left). Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

Sport Sciences (Management of Sport Development) BSc

COURSE CONTENT

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

CN68 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

CN6V (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Sport Sciences (Coaching) BSc C603 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

CX61 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Sport Sciences (Human Performance) BSc C604 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

C605 (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Sport Sciences (Physical Education and Youth Sport) BSc C6X3 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME,

4 to 7 YEARS PART-TIME)

C6XH (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH) Business studies and sport sciences BSc* C6n1 (3 YEARS FULL-TIME**) NC1p (4 YEARS THICK-SANDWICH**)

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 320 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, including a science or social science subject (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 320 tariff points in Society, Health and Development, including an A-level in a science, social science or physical education subject for Additional and Specialist Learning IBDP 32 points BTEC ND DDM in a sport or science subject Access Pass A commitment to sport or exercise is expected from all applicants. For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor.

200

Our courses provide you with an understanding of the scientific basis of sports performance and the factors influencing behaviour in sport. You will develop your knowledge and understanding in a range of disciplines related to sport sciences as well as an insight into the application of research to performance. At Level 1 you study a broad range of sport sciences subjects, after which you can pursue a selected pathway or continue to follow a multi-disciplinary route. The Management of Sport Development pathway develops your understanding about sport in different historical, cultural, economic and social contexts, and its organisation and development as a global industry. Moral, ethical and legal dimensions are examined and related to local and international examples. The Coaching pathway develops your understanding of facts, concepts and theories in a range of sport-related disciplines as they affect human responses and adaptations to sport. You will examine methods used to monitor, evaluate, plan, deliver, reflect and modify technique, in order to

enhance sports performance and your coaching. The Human Performance pathway develops your knowledge and understanding of the scientific theory underpinning the analysis of sport and exercise performance. You will have the opportunity to practise techniques used to monitor, evaluate and enhance sport and exercise performance in laboratory and field settings, and learn how to design, conduct and analyse experiments and training programmes with due regard to appropriate protocols, safety and participant consent. The Physical Education and Youth Sport pathway gives you the opportunity to learn about physical education and youth sport in a historical and social context and in relation to the National Curriculum, and to discuss relevant moral, ethical and participation issues. It is an excellent preparation for students wishing to study for a Postgraduate Certificate in Education. Duration of course If your participation in, and training requirements for, high level sporting competition increase, it may be possible to switch to parttime study.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Dr Julie Garner School of Sport and Education Tel +44 (0)1895 266471 Email sse-ugcourses@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


SCHOLARSHIPS Scholarships are available competitively after entry and will require evidence of development towards an international sporting or coaching career.

higher education and research, sport and special needs, sport consultancy, sport journalism, sport law, youth work, sports coaching, the exercise and fitness industry, laboratory-based fitness testing and teaching.

ASSESSMENT

TYPICAL MODULES

Each pathway employs a range of assessment methods, including individual and group project work, essays, oral presentations, laboratory reports, written examinations and practical assessment of your sport/coaching performance.

Check the web for the latest updates

CAREERS We have an excellent track record in preparing our graduates for careers at the highest level and our courses have been designed in consultation with employers. Graduates have taken posts and/ or followed further education in such areas as sport management, administration and development (in the commercial and public sectors, both in the UK and abroad), physical/sport education,

Level 1 • Analytical Skills in Sport and Physical Activity • Anatomy and Biomechanics • Coaching and Physical Education • Foundations of Sport and Exercise Physiology • Psychology of Sport and Personal Development • Sociology and Management of Sport Level 2 • Qualitative and Quantitative Methods of Analysis (core) • Applied Sport and Exercise Physiology • Biomechanical Analysis of Sport • Child Development in Physical Education and Sport

• Management of Sport Development • Principles of Coaching Effectiveness • Promoting Sport • Research and Application in Sport Psychology • Sport and International Development • Sport, Identity and Difference • Sporting Environments • Training Applications for Sports and Exercise Level 3 • Final Year Project (core) • Applied Sport Psychology • Biomechanical Analysis Techniques • Contemporary Issues in Youth Sport Work • Exercise in Special Populations • Physical Education and Sport Pedagogy • Physiology of the High Performance Athlete • Professional Issues in Coaching and Education • Sport Event Management • Sport, Globalisation and International Politics

Sport Sciences Joint Honours You may combine the study of Sport with Business Studies. The Business Studies and Sport Sciences course will equip you with the analytical, technical and interpersonal skills required to understand, analyse and address problems in the sport and business environment, from a variety of perspectives. You will follow a prescribed set of modules from each of the two subjects, and you should refer to the course content and any special entry requirements for both. In particular, you should note that you will normally be

Website www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

expected to attain the higher entry tariff of the two subjects. Don’t forget to check the web page for your joint honours programme for more information. BUSINESS STUDIES AND SPORT SCIENCES (BSc)* Entry Requirements 350 UCAS tariff points Refer to Business and Management, page 84.

Admissions Team Tel +44 (0)1895 266471 Email sse-ugcourses@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk * Please note that this course’s title and typical modules may change following re-validation this year. ** Course duration If your participation in, and training requirements for, high-level sporting competition increase, it may be possible to switch to part‑time study.

201


Foundation Years

202

Brunel University

Foundation Years


Ross completed his Foundation year in 2006 and is now in the fourth year of a full degree programme.

Why choose a foundation year at Brunel? ★★ Brunel has a long history of offering alternative

routes into full degree programmes. We introduced the first of our range of full-time foundation years, which represent “Level 0” of a first degree, in 1988 so we have extensive knowledge and experience of preparing students for degree programmes for which they may not initially have had appropriate entry requirements. In some cases this may be because they have taken the wrong subjects – arts A-levels for an Engineering degree, for example – or alternatively they may need to build upon existing qualifications in order to meet the requirements.

When applying through UCAS I was attracted to Brunel by its history, reputation and the quality of teaching in the School of Engineering and Design. From talking to different designers and engineers, I found out that Brunel graduates were successful in jobs around the country. With this in mind, I visited the campus on an Open Day and, after being shown the facilities and discovering the social life, I selected Brunel as my first choice. Due to Brunel’s facilities, the lecturers and the course content, I learnt much more from my Foundation year than I ever did at college. My knowledge of engineering now allows me to better understand mechanisms and electronics for my degree course, and it’s given me more confidence in my studies, as well as better time‑management and self-discipline. The Foundation year isn’t an easy ride, which is a good job really. Having just got by at college level, I really had to apply myself and put in the effort to attend lectures and improve my maths and physics. I can say without a doubt that the year helped me to adjust to University life well before my degree had started. Between my studies and the massive social life, I ended up having an amazing time, only topped by an even better first year on my degree. When I leave Brunel I hope these extra qualifications will help get me the job I want. The Foundation year is a great choice for anyone wanting to improve their skills and build on their weaknesses. If you are unsure of what type of engineer you want to be, the year would give you the perspective you need. I finished the year with high grades, and the Foundation year gave me the qualifications to get onto my degree course. I don’t know where I would be without it.

★★ During your chosen Foundation year, you will

take modules from a range of subjects relevant to the area you want to enter, together with study skills, project work and practical techniques where appropriate.

★★ On successful completion of your Foundation year

and the achievement of the required subject area grades for your chosen course, you will progress to one of Brunel’s degree programmes. You will have had a taste of several disciplines, so you will be confident that you are taking a course you enjoy.

NB These Foundation programmes are not ‘Foundation Degrees’. They are instead an alternative entry route to the first year of an existing degree programme.

FOUNDATION YEARS AT A GLANCE Foundations of Engineering............................................. Page 204 Foundations of Information Technology........................ Page 205

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug

203


UCAS CODE H100 (Level 0 of 4, 5 or 6

years, full-time or thick-sandwich)

Foundations of Engineering Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221. COURSE CONTENT

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 190 tariff points if you have studied Maths and/or Physics at AS-level or above, or 230 tariff points if you have not studied Maths and/ or Physics at AS-level or above, from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, preferably including Maths and/or Physics (General Studies not accepted; Critical Thinking accepted as 4th AS-level only) Advanced Diploma 190 tariff points in Engineering. Other Advanced Diplomas are considered on an individual basis. IBDP Diploma or certificates with a total of 26 points BTEC ND MMM including Further Mathematics for Technicians Access Pass in Engineering

You may have been successful in a non-science field or you may have some of the prerequisites for an engineering degree but not all of them. If so, this foundation year will help you switch to the world of engineering and technology. You will need to be motivated and prepared to work hard. As well as lectures and seminars, you will have workshops in Maths and Physics and two weeks devoted entirely to experiential learning. Maths and Physics modules are supplemented by tutorial classes to reinforce understanding of the lecture material. On successful completion of your foundation year, and the achievement of the required subject area grades for your chosen course (see the table below) you may transfer to one of a range of engineering degree courses offered by the University.

For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Course Director

STRUCTURE You may register for four, five or even six years in total, depending on whether you choose a BEng or MEng degree, and on whether you take the full-time or sandwich route. The foundation year is an integral part of your degree, so you can apply for financial support for the entire period through to the end of your engineering degree, and not just for the foundation year.

204

Your home for the year is with Mechanical Engineering in the School of Engineering and Design, where you will enjoy excellent facilities and support. ASSESSMENT Theoretical subjects are mainly assessed by formal written examinations. Skills-based subjects are assessed by coursework, presentations and lab reports. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates • Mathematics • Physics • Engineering Science • Electronic Engineering • Materials Science • Engineering Drawings and Communication • Engineering Projects

To progress to Level 1 of a first degree, you will need to achieve the following Grades. Electronic and Computer Engineering BEng programmes

Average Grade C overall, including B in Maths and Electronic Engineering Fundamentals, plus C in Engineering Science and Physics. Foundations of IT is admitted as an alternative for Computer Systems Engineering, and is required for Internet Engineering and Mobile Computing.

Electronic and Computer Engineering MEng programmes

Average Grade B overall, including B in Maths, Electronic Engineering Fundamentals, Engineering Science and Physics. Foundations of IT is admitted as an alternative for Computer Systems Engineering.

Mechanical Engineering BEng programmes

Average Grade C overall, including C in Maths, Physics and Engineering Science.

Mechanical Engineering MEng programmes

Average Grade B overall, including B in Maths, Physics and Engineering Science.

Design programmes

Average 55% overall. For all programmes except Industrial Design and Technology, Grade C in Maths or Physics is also required.

Contact Course Director, Dr Lionel Ganippa School of Engineering and Design Tel +44 (0)1895 266633 Email me-ug-admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk


Foundations of Information Technology

UCAS CODE G503 (Level 0 of 4, 5 or 6

years, full-time or thick-sandwich)

Please check the web for up-to-date course information. For detailed entry requirements, see pages 218-221.

COURSE CONTENT This course is suitable for students who wish to study for a degree in Information Systems and Computing, Mathematical Sciences or Electronic and Computer Engineering, but who are not yet qualified for direct entry to their chosen degree programme. Such degrees lead to a wide choice of careers (see the prospectus entries for degrees in these areas). On successful completion of this Foundation year, you will transfer to one of the linked degree courses offered in the areas mentioned above.

Your home for the duration of the year is with Mathematical Sciences, and you will receive tutorial and pastoral support with students in this subject area. TYPICAL MODULES Check the web for the latest updates • Study Skills • Basic Mathematical Methods • Introduction to Computers and Programming • Statistics • Discrete and Decision Mathematics

entry requirements GCE A and AS-level 210 tariff points from 3 A-levels plus 1 AS-level or Extended Project Qualification, preferably including Maths and/or Physics (General Studies/Critical Thinking accepted) Advanced Diploma 210 tariff points in one of the following subjects including an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning: Construction and the Built Environment; Engineering; Society, Health and Development; IT; Environmental and Landbased Studies; Manufacturing and Product Design; or Business, Administration and Finance IBDP Diploma or certificates with a total of 26 points BTEC ND MMP in a related subject BTEC NC DD in a related subject Access Pass For all other qualifications or combinations, contact the Admissions Tutor

STRUCTURE You may register for four, five or even six years in total, depending on whether you choose to take a sandwich placement during your course. The foundation year is an integral part of your degree, so you are eligible for financial support for the entire extended period and should therefore apply for support through to the end of your degree, and not just for the foundation year.

Contact Admissions Tutor, Dr D Cappitt School of Information Systems, Computing and Mathematics Tel +44 (0)1895 265180 Email foit.admissions@brunel.ac.uk or admissions@brunel.ac.uk

205


206

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Degree Structure Awards Brunel University awards the following first degrees: Bachelor of Engineering BEng, Bachelor of Science BSc, Bachelor of Arts BA, Bachelor of Music BMus and Bachelor of Laws LLB. Integrated Masters degrees such as Master of Engineering MEng, and Foundation years in Engineering and Information Technology are also offered. First degrees are usually awarded with honours, classified into first class, second class (with upper and lower divisions) or third class. You are admitted to the University on the assumption that you will normally achieve an honours degree. Some Schools offer a less demanding ordinary degree course if your performance proves not to be of honours standard before the final year.

The three-part year Brunel’s course structure is based on three periods of study per year. There are two teaching terms of 12 weeks each – the first runs from September to December, and the second runs from January to Easter. There is then a third, shorter term for revision, examination and assessment. Students who take a four‑year sandwich course will spend a further period in either one or two work placements, depending on whether the course offers a thin‑ or thicksandwich route. The tables opposite summarise this structure. There are some exceptions to this structure, for example: • Education: for courses leading to qualified teacher status, see pages 130-131. • Physiotherapy, Occupational Therapy and Specialist Community Public Health Nursing: students taking these BSc courses may have some periods of clinical work experience during vacations. See pages 138, 140 and 146. • Social Work: students on the BA course spend a proportion of each year in the field. See page 142-143.


207

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

Course Structure Three years full-time Students following a three-year full-time route study for six academic terms, with a standard summer vacation. Year

Level

Term 1

Term 2

Term 3

Summer

Sept – Dec

Jan – Easter

Easter – Mid-May

Mid-May – Sept

1

1

Academic Period 1

Academic Period 2

Assessment

Summer vacation

2

2

Academic Period 3

Academic Period 4

Assessment

Summer vacation

3

3

Academic Period 5

Academic Period 6

Assessment

Four years thick-sandwich The four-year thick-sandwich route follows a similar pattern, but students spend the whole of Year 3 on placement. Year

Level

1

1

2 3 4

2 3

Term 1

Term 2

Term 3

Summer

Sept – Dec

Jan – Easter

Easter – Mid-May

Mid-May – Sept

Academic Period 1

Academic Period 2

Assessment

Summer vacation

Academic Period 3

Academic Period 4

Assessment

Summer vacation

Academic Period 5

Academic Period 6

Assessment

Work Placement

Four years thin-sandwich The four-year thin-sandwich route involves two periods on work placements, which are likely to extend through the summer vacation. If you are taking a course approved by a professional institution, longer periods of work experience may give exemptions from some membership requirements. Year

Level

1

1

2 3 4

2 3

Term 1

Term 2

Term 3

Summer

Sept – Dec

Jan – Easter

Easter – Mid-May

Mid-May – Sept

Academic Period 1

Academic Period 2

Assessment

Work Placement 1

Work Placement 1

Academic Period 3

Assessment

Summer vacation

Work Placement 2

Academic Period 4 Academic Period 5

Academic Period 6

Assessment

Joint honours degrees

Part-time courses

Many subjects can be combined as a joint honours programme, and these are listed in the Courses Index on page 232 and at the beginning of each subject area section. The proportion of credits you will be expected to attain in each subject varies according to your programme specification but, for a joint honours course rated at 360 credits, you must take a minimum of 160 credits in each of the two subjects.

Some degree programmes are available on a part-time basis – this is indicated under each course heading. As a part-time student you will normally take up to 80 credits in an academic year, though you may be able to vary this according to your personal circumstances.


208

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Assessment Many courses are assessed by a combination of continuous assessment (including, for example, essays, reports, practicals and presentations) and end of year examinations, to test both your knowledge and skills. The proportion of marks gained through each method varies according to the module and level of study. To progress from one level of a programme to the next, you will need to fulfil the necessary requirements for that level, taking into account any opportunities for reassessment that may be offered to you. If you are taking a sandwich course, performance on work placements is also taken into consideration by the Board of Examiners. Professional practice in Education, Health or Social Work degrees is also assessed. Final degree classification is usually determined by the results gained at Levels 2 and 3, including performance in your final year project.

Credits and awards All Brunel’s courses have been designed so that they are made up of study and assessment blocks (modules) worth 10 to 30 credits each. Levels 3 and 4 may include a major project, worth up to 40 credits. You will build these modules up, usually gaining at least 120 credits per year, until you complete at least 360 credits to achieve an Honours degree. There are some exceptions to this pattern: • Those undertaking an MEng qualification will study for a further year. This year, Level 4, will include advanced modules and group projects. • If you do not complete your degree programme, you may be eligible to receive a Certificate of Higher Education (CertHE) with 120 credits or a Diploma of Higher Education (DipHE) with 240 credits. • Periods of work placement that form an integral part of your degree programme attract up to 120 further credits and may lead to a separate award title (although this does not apply to Education). • Since each module has a credit value, Brunel is able to participate in national and international credit accumulation and transfer schemes. The delivery and assessment of your course will vary by module, but all modules allow time for you to learn on your own in private study or collectively in groups. The intended learning outcomes for each module (what you are expected to know and be able to do when you have completed it) are given in detailed assessment or study block outlines (module outlines) to help you assess your own learning targets and the skills you have practised.


Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

The structure may allow you, within the programme specification for your course, either to broaden the range of topics you study or to specialise in one particular area. Most degree courses contain compulsory modules in order to maintain the coherence of the course or to meet the requirements of professional institutions. However, you may also be able to select other modules. Language modules may be available for credit on your course, or you may choose to take them for additional credit which does not contribute to your award (or just for fun!). You select your modules before the beginning of each level. Your tutor can advise you about the choices available, and there are, of course, academic constraints to ensure that you do not follow a module for which you do not have the proper grounding. Occasionally, your timetable will also limit your choice.

Teaching methods Most modules include formal lectures, discussions, seminars and tutorials, and in some areas, computer-based learning technology is also extensively used. These learning and teaching methods contribute to the development of transferable skills such as the use of information technology and making presentations. Courses in the applied sciences, health and engineering disciplines incorporate substantial amounts of practical or laboratory-based activity. This is increasingly based on project work undertaken in groups, which gives you the opportunity to practise the collaborative skills needed in work environments. You may also participate in other external activities which will enhance your employability such as research projects with external agencies and companies or visits to and by professionals in your chosen discipline. In your final year, you will complete a major project. This may be of an experimental, applied or theoretical nature or a combination of the three. If you are taking a sandwich course, your project may be connected with work undertaken during your placement(s). In some subjects, project work is developed by a team of students, each with a particular contribution to make.

209


210

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Professional experience and accreditation The modules you take for your academic course are only part of your learning process. Brunel places great emphasis on the practical and personal skills that are essential to graduates who want to find a good job. If you choose the four-year sandwich course – a degree pathway that integrates placements with academic study – you will have the opportunity to acquire valuable practical skills through extended work experience. If you are taking a full-time programme, you may still be able to gain practical experience – some Schools offer opportunities for work experience during term-time, while for others there may be regular placements in professional settings as part of your course. Whatever your career interest, you will find that graduate employers place a high value on relevant work experience, frequently rating it above even degree classification as a selection criterion. Whatever your subject, the Placement and Careers Centre can help you build appropriate experience, and your first year is an ideal time to start. Sandwich courses include an assessed placement worth 120 credits.

Finding the right sandwich placement The University collaborates closely with employers and works to ensure that academic study and professional experience complement each other, since both are part of a continuous learning process. Your academic tutor and the Placement Officers based in the Placement and Careers Centre will help you in your search for suitable placements and give guidance on the kind of experience best suited to your needs, but the responsibility for finding a placement is yours. A placement should take account of your degree course, knowledge and previous experience. We try to ensure that you are engaged in work which is relevant to your degree, appropriate to your level of ability and that you are given as much variety of experience as is practicable. A tutor will remain in touch with you throughout your placement. The University has contacts with several thousand employing organisations, including industry in both the public and private sectors, government departments, research laboratories, local authorities, business and commerce. You will usually be supervised by a senior person in the establishment concerned. You may be paid a salary by the organisation during your sandwich placement periods. Although you are unlikely to earn enough to fully finance yourself through the academic study periods, you may be able to offset a significant part of the cost of living. This in turn could go some way to reducing the amount you need to borrow as a student loan.


Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

211

Transferring to a different mode of study

Accreditation by professional institutions

If you are registered for a sandwich course but have problems obtaining suitable placements, you may be able to transfer to a different mode of study. For example, you may be able to switch to a full-time mode from a thick-sandwich mode at the end of Level 2. Options vary from course to course, depending on the availability of different modes. You should therefore check the programme specification for your course when you register.

A Brunel degree may bring particular advantages if you are contemplating a career in certain professions. Professional bodies accredit degree courses which they deem suitable for gaining admission to their ranks, and a large number of Brunel’s courses are validated by these bodies.

Opportunities for sponsorship Sponsored students usually have an established relationship with one organisation during their course, so they become familiar with the entire range of its activities. Many sponsoring organisations pay a bursary to their students during university-based periods, and there is often the opportunity to remain with the sponsoring company as a graduate. Some of Brunel’s degree programmes encourage applicants to look for a sponsor prior to, or soon after, joining their course. Individual admissions tutors should be able to advise you on how to go about this.

Degrees including a recommendation for Qualified Teacher Status Students training to enter the teaching profession will follow a programme that leads to both a degree and the opportunity for Qualified Teacher Status. Practical training is a compulsory part of this full-time course. Students training to be teachers will study for four years and spend most of the first two years in academic study. The final two years are largely spent in school‑based learning.

Social Work degrees Some Social Work degree programmes incorporate periods of work experience outside the University. See page 142-143.

Aside from an accredited degree, membership requirements normally include a period of training in the relevant discipline. For Brunel students on sandwich courses, periods of work placement can contribute between six and sixteen months towards such training requirements, giving you accelerated entry to your chosen profession. Your School will help to ensure that any eligible work experience is registered towards accreditation, and you can check with your Admissions Tutor about requirements in your particular subject area. Each course entry in the prospectus shows whether the course has accreditation. For example, almost all of our engineering-based courses are accredited by their relevant professional body, as are all our degrees in Specialist Community Public Health Nursing, Occupational Therapy, Law, Psychology and Physiotherapy.


212

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Fees information The following information is valid for 2010 entry only and is included for guidance purposes. For full details, the latest figures and eligibility criteria for your fees and funding package, please refer to www.brunel.ac.uk/ugfunding.

Courses attracting non-standard tuition fees • Part-time courses: The part-time fee is 75% of the full-time fee for the first four years. If it takes you six years rather than four to complete your studies, then you will pay nothing for the fifth or sixth year. • MEng courses: Some engineering courses offer an additional year’s study to upgrade your degree to Master’s level. This extra year will cost the standard annual fee of £3,290 (2010/11 rate). • Foundation years: A foundation year costs just £1,645 (2010/11 rate). • Professional health-related courses: Information on fees for these courses is available at www.brunel.ac.uk/ugstudy/finance/degreecost/ healthfinance.

Equivalent and Lower Qualifications (ELQs) The Government no longer provides funding to universities for students studying for a qualification equivalent to, or at a lower level than, one that they have already achieved. We continue to welcome applications from students who meet our entry criteria and who already hold an equivalent or lower qualification to the one for which they are applying, but such students will have to pay a higher fee than those who are progressing from a lower qualification. Students may be exempt from this rule for various reasons, for example because of the programme they are following, or if they are in receipt of the Disabled Student’s Allowance. Further details and a full list of exempt programmes can be found at www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/elqs or at www.hefce.ac.uk/faq/elq.htm.

Paying your fees Arrangements for the payment of tuition fees must be made at or before enrolment for each academic year. UK/EU students can pay in a single instalment at or before enrolment, or in six instalments between enrolment and March. Overseas students can pay in a single instalment at or before enrolment, or can pay 60% of the balance at enrolment and the remainder in January. For most students, full payment by the designated registration date will attract a 2% discount. There is no entitlement to any fee reduction or refund if a student withdraws during the year. The University may exceptionally allow refunds to self-supporting students who withdraw during the first few weeks of their course. The University reviews fees annually and reserves the right to change them.

Other expenses The University reserves the right to make certain additional charges for items such as deposits on equipment, registration fees to external bodies, late registration fees, resit examination fees and charges for lost ID cards. If you live off-campus, you will also have other expenses such as Council Tax and bills, and you should take this into account when planning your finances.


213

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

Funding information Information on Brunel’s range of bursaries and scholarships as well as a summary of the main support provided by the Government is provided on page 54-55. Other useful websites include: • www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance (comprehensive information on the Government’s student finance package, including your portal to register and login to student finance online services) • www.ucas.com/students/studentfinance/ budget_calculator (living costs calculator) • www.brunel.ac.uk/life/accommodation (information and rates for Brunel’s campus accommodation) • www.tfl.gov.uk/tickets/oysteronline/ 2732.aspx (local transport costs and Oyster card information)

Courses attracting non-standard funding • Professional health-related courses: see www.nhsbsa.nhs.uk/students or www.brunel.ac.uk/ugstudy/finance/ degreecost/healthfinance • Social Work courses: see www.ppa.org.uk/swb.htm • Initial Teacher Training (ITT) courses: see www.tda.gov.uk/recruit.aspx

Sponsorship If you are a sponsored student (ie you are sponsored by a company, organisation or charitable trust, not by family members, guardians or friends), a copy of the documents confirming your sponsorship should be presented before Registration. You will not need to submit a deposit for course fees (see below) if this information is supplied.

Extra help Help is available for students who need extra financial support. For more information and details of eligibility for any of these schemes, see www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance. The Special Support Grant pays up to £2,906 per year (subject to change) depending on your household

income, and is intended to help with additional course costs relating to your particular circumstances. You may be eligible for many reasons, for example if you are a lone parent, you have a disability or are unable to work, or you are over 60. You cannot receive both Special Support and Maintenance Grants. The Disabled Student’s Allowance (DSA) pays for any extra costs students may have in attending a course as a direct result of their disability. This non-means-tested allowance can help pay for resources such as specialist equipment, one-to-one dyslexia tuition, travel and support workers, but does not contribute towards living costs. Students are advised to apply well in advance of starting their course. See www.brunel.ac.uk/disability for details. Needs Assessment can be carried out at the West London Assessment Centre (WLAC), based at Brunel (www.brunel.ac.uk/wlac). The Access to Learning Fund (ALF) provides loans or grants to students who face difficulty in meeting their living costs or course costs, because they fall into hardship unexpectedly and through no fault of their own. You can only apply once you have enrolled as a student. For students with children, the Childcare Grant can help with term-time childcare costs and the Parents’ Learning Allowance can help with course costs. If an adult depends on you financially, you may be eligible for an Adult Dependant’s Grant. For more information, see www.direct.gov.uk/studentfinance.

Repaying Government loans Currently you only have to pay a student loan back from the April after you finish your course, and then only if you are earning more than £15,000 a year. Repayments of 9% of your earnings over £15,000 are deducted automatically through the tax system, although you can arrange to make larger, one-off payments or to repay the entire balance at any time. You will also have the option to take up to five years ‘holiday’ from repayments, and the Government writes off any loans left unpaid after 25 years. Meanwhile, the interest on your loan is linked to inflation and is currently set at 0%, although it changes each September. In real terms what you repay is roughly the same as what you borrow – a much better deal than is offered by a standard bank loan.


214

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Financial information for international students Fees In 2010/11, the fees for most full-time or sandwich students who are not UK/EU residents are: • £9,750 for Arts, Business, Law, most Social Sciences and Mathematics courses, and Foundation years. • £11,765 for Sports Science, Engineering, Design, Psychology, Communication and Media Studies, Education, Health, Social Care and Information Systems subjects. Some courses, for example in Health and Social Care and Business and Management, carry additional professional registration fees. Please check www.brunel.ac.uk/international for tuition fees for all subject areas. Fees for part-time courses are set in proportion to the full-time figures. You will receive further details at the start of your course when you make your module choices.

Eligibility for funding The following table summarises the eligibility of EU and overseas students for funding from both the Government and Brunel. Funding type

EU students

Non-EU students

Student Loan for Tuition Fees

4

8

Student Loan for Maintenance and/or Maintenance Grant

You may be eligible if you have lived in the UK for at least three years (see www.direct.gov.uk)

8

Brunel Bursaries

Only if you are in receipt of a maintenance loan/grant – see above

8

Regional Partnership and Brunel Alumni Scholarships

4 (assuming you meet the conditions summarised on page 55)

8

Music and Sports Awards

4

4

Deposits Applicants holding an unconditional offer can guarantee their place to a direct entry undergraduate course by paying a deposit of £3,000. This includes UCAS applications. A £200 deposit is required from all students to reserve accommodation. Course fee deposits are nonrefundable unless a visa application is refused and evidence can be provided. Accommodation deposits are also non-refundable unless notice in writing (email or fax) is given to the Accommodation Office seven days prior to the commencement of the tenancy agreement.


Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

Overseas scholarships A small number of international scholarships have been awarded to overseas students in recent years and we hope to continue this scheme. Applications are only accepted from candidates holding an offer of a place, who will automatically receive further details.

Classifying students as ‘home’ or ‘overseas’ The University is responsible for classifying students as ‘home’ or ‘overseas’ for fee purposes. It must follow complex rules, and the following provides only an outline of those student groups who may be considered eligible for ‘home’ fee status, at the time of writing: • UK residents with settled status and three years’ continuous ordinary residence; • EU nationals (or their children) with three years’ continuous residence in the EU; • Individuals with formal UK refugee status or their spouses/ children, who have been ordinarily resident since gaining such status; • Individuals who have been informed by the Home Office that they have been granted exceptional leave to remain in the UK as a result of having applied for refugee status and of having that application rejected; • UK residents and EU nationals temporarily absent from the EU due to temporary employment overseas; • Students on reciprocal exchange programmes. The University reserves the right to make full and final decisions as to fee status at the time of application and registration. The above is only a guide and applicants should not take it as forming any part of a contract with the University. This information and the legislation on which it is based may change from time to time, so applicants should not rely upon it. If you have any doubts about your likely fee status, you are strongly advised to contact the Admissions Office prior to taking up your place.

Island applicants Different fee rates apply for students from the Channel Islands or the Isle of Man. Students will not be eligible for any Brunel scholarships.

215


216

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Applying to Brunel Applications for all full-time and sandwich first degree courses (including those with foundation years) must be made online through the Universities and Colleges Admissions Service (UCAS). Courses in the UCAS scheme are listed in the UCAS Directory. Visit www.ucas.com to apply, and for more information.

Where can I apply? You can apply for 2011 entry either online at www.ucas.com or by using the Electronic Application System (EAS) set up with UCAS in schools, colleges and careers offices (where applications are submitted to UCAS through a teacher or careers adviser rather than individually).

When should I apply? UCAS can start receiving applications from 1 September 2010 for entry in autumn 2011. The normal closing date for the receipt of applications is 15 January 2011. UCAS accepts that some applicants, especially from outside the UK, may find this difficult, and you can still apply through UCAS up to the end of June. Universities and colleges may still consider your application, but the most popular courses may already be full. If you apply after the end of June, you will automatically go into Clearing.

How do I apply? You may apply for up to five choices of institution/course on your UCAS form. You should not feel obliged to use all five choices if you do not need to. Your choices can be selected from any of the courses listed in the UCAS Directory, and you may, for example, mix both degree and non-degree courses if appropriate. If you wish to apply for more than one course at Brunel, you will have to make a separate entry for each choice. You should list your choices in the order in which they appear in the Directory. There is no facility for you to express an order of preference, and all your applications will be treated equally. Take care to enter the details of the institution and courses clearly and correctly on the application form. The institution code for Brunel is B84 BRUNL. As well as choosing five institutions/courses, there are six other sections to complete on the application: your personal details; additional information (for UK applicants only); your education history; your employment history; a personal statement; and a reference from your school.


217

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

If you need help or advice on your individual application, you can call the UCAS Customer Service Unit:

Callers in the UK: 0871 468 0 468

Callers outside the UK: 0044 871 468 0 468

Other contact details, including phone numbers for applicants with hearing difficulties, can be found at www.ucas.ac.uk/about_us/contact_us.

How much does it cost to apply? It costs £21 to apply through UCAS, or £11 if you only apply for one course. If you’re applying through school or college, your teacher or lecturer will tell you whether you need to pay online with a card or bring in a cheque. If you’re applying online as an individual, you can pay by credit or debit card.

How do I apply if I hope to be sponsored by my employer? If you are employed in industry, and hope to be sponsored by your employer to study on a course listed in the UCAS Directory, you must apply through UCAS in the normal way.

I have a disability – why should I disclose this? All disabled students who apply to Brunel are encouraged to disclose their disability when completing the UCAS form. This information is treated sensitively and is only used to help ensure our services and support can meet all new students’ needs. Students with disabilities are also strongly advised to apply for the Disabled Student’s Allowance (DSA) prior to the start of their course. See page 213 for more information.

I am a care leaver – why should I disclose this? If you are a care leaver, please tick the appropriate box on your UCAS form so that we can make you aware of the support you can expect at Brunel.

I have a criminal record – can I still apply? Having a criminal record will not necessarily bar you from studying with us. This will depend on the circumstances and background of your offences. For guidance notes for applicants who are ex-offenders, please see our Admissions Policy and annexes on the web, at www.brunel.ac.uk/courses/ug/ admissions_office/admissions. Courses that involve regulated activity with children and/or vulnerable adults will be legally required to register with the Vetting and Barring Scheme (VBS) which is administered by the Independent Safeguarding Authority. This process involves a Criminal Records Bureau check – see page 220 for more information.

How do I apply for a part-time course? Part-time applications should be made direct to the relevant school.

How do I apply for a non-degree course? Students applying for full- or part-time courses (other than Foundation years) that do not lead to a degree qualification should apply direct to the relevant School.

What offer will I be made? Many applicants will have to gain qualifications before they can take up their place, and conditions will be set for grades or points needed (this is called a Conditional Offer). Self-financing students may also be asked to provide financial guarantees. Any conditions set for an offer of a place must be fulfilled by the 31 August prior to the planned date of entry.


218

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Entry requirements These pages provide further information about the general entry requirements listed under each course entry. This information is valid for 2010 entry – please check the web for the latest updates.

a different subject to your three A-levels. The table below shows the points accorded to each grade at GCE level. Please note that your three main A-levels must normally be taken at one sitting. UCAS Tariff Points

GCE AS-level

GCE A-level

There is flexibility in all our entry requirements, and all applicants will be considered on an individual basis.

140

A*

120

A

GCSEs

100

B

80

C

You must hold a minimum of five GCSE passes at Grade C or above. Please note that all GCSEs must normally have been obtained at the time of application. Native speakers of English will be expected to hold a GCSE at a minimum of Grade C or equivalent in English. In addition, a GCSE at a minimum of Grade C in Maths is required for many degree programmes. For some courses, you may require a higher grade at GCSE in English and/or Maths, and some courses specify other additional subjects – please check the web course entry for your course for details of GCSE requirements.

UCAS tariff points Most of the entry requirements for courses in this prospectus are shown as tariff point totals, although specific subject grades may be required. Please note that there is no ‘double-counting’ – students cannot count the same or similar qualifications twice. The following sections explain how different qualifications can be combined to constitute the required number of tariff points for a course, and how other qualification grading systems equate to the tariff point scale. For more information on tariff equivalence, see the UCAS site at www.ucas.com/ candq/tariff/index.html.

EPQ

70

A*

60

A

50

B

D

A

40

C

30

D

D

20

E

E

B E

C

* Please note that an EPQ cannot be counted separately if it is taken as part of an Advanced Diploma qualification.

Irish Leaving Certificate The University welcomes applications from students taking Irish qualifications. The entry tariff for each course is based on a minimum requirement of Grade C passes in five subjects at Higher Level, achieved at one sitting. The following table shows the points accorded to each grade. UCAS Tariff Points

Grade (Higher Level)

90

A1

77

A2

71

B1

GCE A-/AS-level

64

B2

The required number of tariff points for your course must normally come from a combination of at least three GCE Advanced (A-level) passes in appropriate subjects, together with no more than one separate GCE Advanced Subsidiary (AS-level) pass, or an Extended Project Qualification (EPQ). Consideration will be given to students offering three A-levels, without the additional AS-level or EPQ. AS scores will be incorporated into an A-level score in the same subject so your additional AS-level must be in

58

B3

52

C1

45

C2

39

C3

33

D1

26

D2

20

D3


219

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

Scottish Highers and Advanced Highers

Advanced Diploma

The University welcomes applications from students taking Scottish qualifications. The required number of tariff points for your course must normally come from a minimum of three Advanced Higher passes in appropriate subjects, together with one Higher. Scottish Higher scores will be incorporated into Advanced Higher scores in the same subject. The following table shows the points accorded to each grade at Higher and Advanced Higher Level.

Most degree programmes at Brunel accept applications from students offering an Advanced Diploma, usually in a specified subject or range of subjects. Most courses demand an A-level for Additional and Specialist Learning (ASL), sometimes in a specified subject, while some require a particular Specialist Unit. This is indicated under the course entry. The following table shows the tariff points accorded to each grade at the Progression Diploma level – tariff points for the ASL are added to these to constitute your points total.

Interdisciplinary Project

UCAS Tariff Points

Advanced Higher

UCAS Tariff Points

Progression Diploma Grade =

130

A

350

A*

110

B

300

A

90

C

80

Higher

A

72

D

65

B

A

55

B

50

C

45

C

36

250

B

200

C

150

D

100

E

= Please note that a Progression Diploma alone is not acceptable for entry to Brunel. You will need to add tariff points from an ASL to constitute an Advanced Diploma.

OCR Level 3 Nationals

D

Cambridge Pre-U Cambridge Pre-U Principal Subjects as well as the full Cambridge Pre-U Diploma are welcomed for entry to all courses at Brunel. The following table shows the tariff points accorded to each grade – some tariffs were subject to confirmation at the time of going to press, so please check the UCAS website at www.ucas.com for updates. UCAS Tariff Points

Principle Subject Grade

TBC (see above)

D1

145

D2

130

D3

115

M1

101

M2

87

M3

73

P1

59

P2

46

P3

The University welcomes applicants offering OCR Level 3 National Extended Diplomas, and some courses also accept a Level 3 National Diploma. Some courses require an additional qualification, such as an AS-level or EPQ, in addition to the Diploma, in order to match the necessary UCAS tariff points for the course. Your Diploma must be in a subject related to the course you wish to study at Brunel. The following table shows the tariff points accorded to each grade at Extended Diploma and Diploma level.

UCAS Tariff Points

National Extended Diploma Grade

360

D1

320

D2/M1

280

M2

240

M3

National Diploma Grade

D

200

P1

M1

160

P2

M2/P1


220

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

BTEC

Overseas qualifications

The University welcomes applicants offering a National or Higher National Diploma, and some courses also accept a National or Higher National Certificate. Some courses require an additional qualification, such as an AS-level or EPQ, in addition to the BTEC, in order to match the necessary UCAS tariff points for the course. Your Diploma or Certificate must be in a subject related to the course you wish to study at Brunel, and you must achieve the tariff points and grades specified under each course entry, including any grades required in particular subjects.

Candidates are advised to contact Brunel International to confirm the acceptability of all overseas qualifications.

International Baccalaureate Diploma The IBDP is considered for entry to all courses at Brunel. Offers are normally made in terms of gaining the Diploma with a total of at least 25 points, often including specified grades in one or more particular subjects. The required number of points is listed under each course entry. The University will also normally consider candidates who have gained the European Baccalaureate with an overall score of approximately 60 per cent.

AQA Baccalaureate The University welcomes applicants with the AQA Bacc and recognises the benefits of the enrichment activity. However, offers are normally made on the basis of three A-levels plus the Extended Project.

Independent Safeguarding Authority registration Courses that involve regulated activity with children and/or vulnerable adults will be legally required to register with the Vetting and Barring Scheme (VBS), which is administered by the Independent Safeguarding Authority (ISA). The ISA monitors all individuals who want to work or volunteer with vulnerable people. Registration with the VBS will cost ÂŁ64 as a one-off payment that covers both the cost of registration and a Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) check. Following successful registration, you will be issued with an ISA Registration number that will stay with you for the rest of your career. The University will send further instructions on registering with the VBS as part of the admissions process. Email admissions@brunel.ac.uk for more information.

Email international@brunel.ac.uk Tel +44 (0)1895 265519

English language requirements There are minimum English language requirements for all individuals. Native speakers of English should normally have a GCSE in English at minimum Grade C. Equivalent levels of English for non-native speakers are outlined on the web. In some cases, the University may ask you to prove your command of English. Web w ww.brunel.ac.uk/international/ languagerequirements

Vocational courses The University will be pleased to consider applications from candidates studying GCSE/A-level/BTEC as part of an approved vocational course. Other qualifications can also be considered – if in doubt about the acceptability of qualifications, please contact the relevant Admissions Tutor or the Admissions Office.

Mature students / non-standard applications Brunel welcomes mature applicants and others with non-standard qualifications. Those without the required qualifications are encouraged to take an Access to Higher Education course, as these are accepted for entry to the majority of our degree programmes. Required entry profiles are listed under each course. Brunel has special links with a range of courses at our partnership colleges: Uxbridge College, West Thames College, Harrow College, Hammersmith and West London College and the College of North West London. If you are interested in an Access course, you will need to contact your chosen college to get more details. Access courses usually take one year to complete and can be studied full- or part-time.


Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

APEL Accreditation of Prior Experiential Learning may be used for entry to any course and its use will determine what exemptions are possible. Any exemptions will be limited to two-thirds of an undergraduate degree programme.

APL/CATS You can also gain exemptions for skills and qualifications you may already have acquired elsewhere (Accreditation of Prior Learning). Because all Brunel courses are credit-rated, you can gain credit for courses pursued here or at other institutions (Credit Accumulation and Transfer Scheme). You should write direct to the tutor of the course in which you are interested with full details of your previous study. Exemptions are normally only granted where the previous study or work experience is directly comparable with a specific Brunel course.

Requirements for non-degree courses Students applying for full- or part-time courses that do not lead to a degree qualification may have different or additional entry requirements from those listed above. You should read specific course entries for details.

221


222

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Summary of terms

Disclaimer

Important information to read before acceptance of offers

The University makes all reasonable efforts to deliver the programmes of study, research opportunities and other services and facilities described in this publication and other University documents.

In addition to the contractual information sections contained in the undergraduate prospectus such as course descriptions and financial and general information, and the disclaimer published here, your place with the University will be subject to the terms and conditions stated in our offer letter to you as well as also being subject to our Statutes, Council Ordinances and Senate Regulations and all University rules, policies and procedures from time to time in force (together our “terms”). Some of these documents may be accessed at www.brunel.ac.uk/about/administration. Alternatively, copies of all documents can be obtained upon request from the University’s Quality and Standards Office. Your place will also be conditional upon you registering with the University, paying fees when due, meeting any offer conditions we advise to you in writing (such as qualifications required) and all necessary legal and other requirements to study here on the chosen course (such as criminal record checks, previous conviction details, health checks, immigration clearance and so on). When you accept an offer of a place by the University, a legal contract is formed with the University on the basis of the terms and may be ended by the University if the relevant conditions are not met or our terms not complied with. The contract is governed by English law and subject to the jurisdiction of the English courts. Please note that any living accommodation provided to you by the University (or any other party) will be subject to a separate contract and payment of accommodation fees under that separate contract. In entering into the contract, neither the student nor the University intends that any of the terms of the contract will be enforceable by any person not a party to it, by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999. If you have any queries regarding our terms or any relevant conditions, or would like to receive hard copies of any of the documents referred to above, please contact the University’s Quality and Standards Office.

However, the University is entitled, if it reasonably considers it to be necessary (including in order to manage its resources and pursue its policy of continuous improvement appropriately): • to suspend or discontinue programmes of study (for example, because a key member of staff is unwell or leaves the University); • to make reasonable variations to the content and syllabus of programmes of study (including in relation to placements); • to alter the timetable, location, number of classes and method of delivery of programmes of study, provided such alterations are reasonable; • to make changes to the statutes, ordinances, regulations, policies and procedures that the University reasonably considers necessary (for example, in the light of changes in the law or the requirements of the University’s regulators); • to combine programmes of study if the University reasonably considers this to be necessary (for example, because too few students apply to join a programme for it to be viable). In the unlikely event that the University discontinues or does not provide a programme of study or changes it significantly before it begins: • the University will tell relevant individuals at the earliest possible opportunity; • an individual will be entitled to withdraw his or her application by telling the University in writing; • the University will make an appropriate refund of tuition fees and deposits paid. The University will provide students with such tuition, learning support and other services and facilities as it considers appropriate, and with reasonable care and skill, but may vary what it provides from time to time (for example, the University may consider it desirable to change the way it provides library or IT support). The University will not be liable to you for any representations or descriptions in this undergraduate prospectus, or in any other University documents, and/or made to you verbally, unless and to the extent


223

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

confirmed in the terms as outlined above. The terms contain the entire agreement between you and the University in relation to you being a student at the University. Nothing in the summary of terms including this disclaimer excludes any liability which it would be unlawful to exclude. The University will not be liable to you in any manner whatsoever for any failure or delay, or for the consequences of any failure or delay, in performance of any contract with you if it is due to any event beyond our reasonable control including, without limitation, strikes, lockouts or other industrial action or disputes (whether involving our workforce or any other party), acts of God, pandemic, quarantine or widespread illness (whether affecting our staff and/or student body or otherwise), governmental requisitioning, emergency planning or provision, war, protests, fire, flood, storm, tempest, explosion, an actual, suspected or threatened act of terrorism, riot, civil commotion, national emergencies, breakdown of plant or machinery, or default of suppliers or subcontractors.

Personal accident and liability All registered students are covered by the University’s insurance for accidents that occur on campus. However, the University cannot accept responsibility for loss of, or any form of damage to, personal belongings of students.

Religious festivals The University tries, where at all possible, to accommodate students’ wishes in observing religious festivals during examination periods.

Diverse Brunel Brunel University values inclusiveness and confirms its continuing commitment to the principles of equal opportunities in employment, admissions, and in its teaching, learning and research activities. It endeavours to ensure that all members of staff, students, visitors and applicants for employment or study are treated on the basis of their merits and abilities and that no one suffers discrimination or disadvantage on the basis of their gender, marital status, race, colour, ethnic or national origins, disability, sexual orientation, religion or belief, or age.

In order to achieve an environment that is free from unlawful discrimination and which encourages everyone to contribute fully to its work, the University will endeavour to ensure that: • all staff, students and applicants are made aware of the University’s Statement of Intent and Purpose for Equal Opportunities and its supporting strategies; • staff and student procedures provide equal opportunity in all areas pertaining to work and study life; • University policies and operating structures for staff and students are reviewed at regular intervals; • community participation is sought from and encouraged in the development of equal opportunities activities; • staff development programmes, including induction programmes and positive action initiatives, target the equal opportunities agenda; • equal opportunities information relating to staff and students is widely publicised. For a full copy of the University’s Statement of Intent and its supporting strategies and policies, please visit www.brunel.ac.uk/about/administration/equality.

Widening Participation For the Brunel Widening Participation Strategy 2009-2012, see www.brunel.ac.uk/about/strategy/strat/wps.


224

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Visiting Brunel Brunel Open Days and Campus Tours are an excellent opportunity for you to come and meet our staff and students, and see for yourself what the University is really like. We want to make sure that you make the most of your visit, so the Open Days are carefully structured to help you find out all you need to know about the University and the courses that interest you. Parents and guests are most welcome to attend. Prior booking is essential to ensure that everyone can be accommodated within the programme. Timings vary, but will be confirmed when we acknowledge your booking. As a rough guide, the earliest you will need to arrive at an Open Day is 9am and the latest you will depart is 4pm. To book your place please telephone +44 (0)1895 265595 or go to www.brunel.ac.uk and follow the ‘Visits and Open Days’ link on the homepage. Our Open Days and Campus Tours in 2010 are intended for students considering entry in September 2011 or later. Applicants already holding an offer for 2010 entry and wishing to visit the University should contact the Admissions Office, on +44 (0)1895 265265.

Open Day programme All days will include: • a welcome and introduction to Brunel University; • a tour of the campus and accommodation led by current students; • a course presentation; • a student life seminar – a chance to grill current students on University life; • a finance session.


Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

Open Day dates (full day programme) Dates for students considering entry in September 2011 are: Friday 18 June 2010 Friday 25 June 2010 Friday 10 September 2010 Wednesday 15 September 2010 Friday 17 September 2010

Campus Tour programme (one hour tour) A Campus Tour is a one hour, general tour of the campus, led by current students. There are plenty of places to eat on campus: the ‘More’ Refectory serves a wide range of hot and cold meals, or you can visit Café Rococo or Bar Zest in the Sports Centre. The University shop sells drinks and snacks, or you are welcome to bring your own!

Wednesday Campus Tour dates (one hour tour) Mid-September to Late-November 2010 (excluding half‑term week) Half-Term Campus Tours (one hour tour) Tuesday 26 October 2010 Thursday 28 October 2010

225


226

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

The Brunel University campus is in Uxbridge, on the western edge of London. Uxbridge is in a prime location for reaching the transport network that embraces London and SE England. It is a short drive from the M4, M40 and M25 and has the added benefit of being part of the London underground network. There are also numerous bus routes running close to the campus. Please use the maps on the following pages to help you find your way to Brunel, around the local area and around the campus.

Visiting us by public transport

Visiting us by car

By underground

Parking on the Uxbridge campus and in the local area is very restricted. However, you will be allowed to park on campus when moving into your halls of residence. At all other times, vehicles parked in contravention of the University Traffic and Parking Regulations will be issued a penalty charge notice of £80 (£60 if paid within 14 days) – for more information, see www.brunel.ac.uk/about/pubfac/parking.

Uxbridge Station is approximately one mile from the campus and you should allow an hour for travel between central London (Baker Street) and Uxbridge on the Metropolitan Line. The Piccadilly Line also serves Uxbridge, but allow an extra half hour if using this line. During off-peak times it may be necessary to change trains at Rayners Lane. Uxbridge bus station is on the right as you come through the underground turnstiles and the bus journey time to Brunel is about 10 minutes off-peak and 15 minutes at peak times. See below for bus routes.

By train Trains run from London Paddington or the West (Bristol) to West Drayton. Catch the 222, U1 or the U3 bus to campus.

By bus From Uxbridge tube station: • U3 (alight Brunel University, Cleveland Road) • U1, U4 and U7 (alight Brunel University, Kingston Lane) • 222 and U5 (alight Cowley Road and use the path via the University accommodation complex) From West Drayton railway station: • U1 (alight Brunel University, Kingston Lane) • U3 (alight Brunel University, Cleveland Road) • 222 (alight Cowley Road and use the path via the University accommodation complex) From Heathrow Central: • A10 “Heathrow Fast”, every 15 mins, with a journey time of about 25 mins – alight Hillingdon Hill (stop name The Greenway) and use the footpath From Stockley Park: • A10 “Heathrow Fast” as above, with a journey time of about 10 mins

M4: Leave the M4 at Junction 4 and follow signs to Uxbridge (A408). Continue on the A408, crossing a set of traffic lights and three roundabouts, then turn right at the second set of lights. Continue over another set of lights, then almost immediately take the right filter lane at another set of lights into Station Road. At a mini roundabout, bear left into Pield Heath Road. After about 600m turn left into Kingston Lane. At the first roundabout, turn left into the University. A40/M40: At Swakeleys Roundabout take the B483 exit to Uxbridge. Follow the signs across two mini roundabouts. At a major roundabout bear left onto the A4020 (signposted to Brunel), then at the second set of traffic lights turn right into Kingston Lane. At the first roundabout, turn right into the University. M25: (From the North or South) Join the M40 or M4 then see above. Access by car for registered disabled visitors: Disabled parking bays are available at various locations around the campus. Please collect a permit from the Main Reception in the Wilfred Brown Building on arrival.


Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

227


228

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Brunel’s Campus Uxbridge 1 mile

U5 222

TOPPING LANE

2

A

B

Chadwick

E

H

Cash Points

I

M

J

L

1

Q

P

Control Barrier

ISAMBARD CL

N O

Wilfred Brown

Reserved WEST SPUR RD Visitor

Isambard Complex A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q

North Meadow Michael Bevis Concourse Stephen Bragg West Maurice Kogan David Neave Central East Runnymede George Shipp Trevor Slater Shoreditch Syd Urry South Brian Winstanley

Main Reception and Security

John Crank

The Quad

Hamilton Centre

Arts Centre

Michael Sterling

Post Box

Meeting House

Halsbury

Brunel University Press

Zone C

Marie Jahoda

Gaskell

G

K

AD

Heinz Wolff

Pond

D

F

Y RO

4

Bragg

Zone B

U3

C

LE CO W

3

Reserved Visitor

Lecture Centre

Bannerman Centre

Conference Office

Reserved Visitor

CLEVELAND ROAD

COWLEY ROAD

Zone A

CLEVELAND ROAD

Control Barrier

NORT H LOOP ROAD

Tower A

Howell

Medical Centre

Zone D Tower B

Pay & Display

Tower C Antonin Artaud

Accom Office

Tower D

Reserved Visitor

Joseph Lowe Pay & Display

SO U TH

AD LO O P RO

STATION ROAD

222

U5

Zone A Chadwick Gaskell Health Economics Research Group School of Arts (taught programmes) Marie Jahoda Brunel Law School School of Social Sciences (UG, PG and research offices) Meeting House

Zone B Arts Centre Bragg Experimental Techniques Centre Brunel University Press Halsbury Graduate School Institute for the Environment School of Sport and Education Wolfson Centre

Heinz Wolff Biosciences (enquiries) Brunel Institute for Bioengineering School of Sport and Education John Crank Computer Centre Mathematical Sciences (enquiries)

Zone C Bannerman Centre Assistive Technology Centre Cash Office Disability and Dyslexia Service Job Shop Library Placement and Careers Centre Student Centre West London Assessment Centre

Hamilton Centre Brunel Hospitality Brunel Volunteers Campus Shops Students’ Union Lecture Centre Conference Office Media Services Recital (Roberts) Room APDU Michael Sterling Brunel Business School (taught programmes) Research Support and Development Office School of Engineering and Design (PG taught and research programmes)

Wilfred Brown Alumni Beldam Gallery Estates (Operations and Resources) Finance Marketing Registry/Admissions Security

Zone D Antonin Artaud Howell Howell Theatre (Howell Centre) Joseph Lowe Distribution Centre Maintenance Medical Centre


229

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

ACCOMMODATION A10, U1, U4, U7

Control Barrier

NL AN

St Johns

E

16

Zone E

Zone F

Lancaster Complex 13 Borough Road Hall 14 Maria Grey Hall 15 Lancaster Hall 16 Southwark Hall 17 Stockwell

5 Saltash Hall 6 Chepstow Hall 7 Clifton Hall

2 Galbraith Hall 3 Fleming Hall 4 Mill Hall

TO

Reserved Visitor

15

14

GS

Lancaster Conf Suite

KIN

13

ďż˝

Zone A 1 Isambard Complex A–Q

Zone E U1, U4, U7

Sports Centre

17

8 9 7

Reserved Visitor

Gardiner

E

Zone G Brunel Science Park Elliott Jaques Brunel Business School (taught programmes) Gardiner CLEAPSS Russell Brunel International (including LIBT) International Pathways and Language Centre MBA

Map last updated 14/09/09 To download the latest version visit www.brunel.ac.uk/about/where

Pavilion

LAN

Mary Seacole Health and Social Care (enquiries) St Johns Information Systems and Computing (enquiries) Indoor Athletics Centre Lancaster Conference Suite Sports Centre

S TO N

Zone E

Accommodation Office Counselling Service Housing Office

K IN G

Zone F Tower A Brunel Centre for Advanced Solidification Technology Design Exhibition Centre School of Engineering and Design (UG taught programmes) Tower B BITLab Tower C and D

E

12

Zone G 12

U1, U2, U4, U7

AN

Zone F

Sports Park NL

6

11

Russell Brunel Elliott Science Jaques Park

TO

Accom Office

12

Control Barrier

Lancaster Complex 18 Gordon Hall

GS

10

Counselling

12 Faraday Complex

Mary Seacole

KIN

River P inn

18 5

Indoor Athletics Centre

Entrance

Bishop Complex 8 Bishop Hall 9 Kilmorey Hall 10 Lacy Hall 11 St Margarets Hall

U1, U2, U4, U7

PIEL

D H EATH R OA D 030409 133238

Uxbridge, Middlesex, UB8 3PH, UK Tel 01895 274000 Fax 01895 232806 www.brunel.ac.uk

Please do not use UB8 3PH in any satnav devices as these service providers have not yet adjusted their directions to the new vehicular entrance in Kingston Lane.


230

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

General Index

A

E

Accommodation................................................... 35-37

Employment............................................21-25, 210-211

Accreditation of Prior Learning (APL) / Prior Experiential Learning (APEL)......................221

English language requirements........................53, 220

Accreditation by professional institutions...............................................23, 210-211 Admissions.....................................................3, 216-217 Advice and support........................................33, 39, 51 Applications procedure............................... 51, 216-217

Enquiries........................................................................3 Entry requirements............................................218-221 Equivalent and Lower Qualifications (ELQs).......... 212 Examinations.............................................................208 Exchange schemes......................................................21

Arts as a leisure activity.............................................15

F

Assessment................................................................208

Facilities..........................................11, 13, 15, 17, 27, 35

Assistive Technology Centre......................................45

Fees.......................................................55, 212, 214-215

Athletics................................................................. 17, 19

Financial matters......................................... 55, 212-215

B Brunel Alumni Scholarships............................... 55, 214 Bursaries.............................................................. 55, 214 C

Food and drink............................................................37 Foreign languages.................................................. 7, 13 G Gym facilities............................................................... 17

Campus environment........................................... 11, 29

H

Care leavers (advice and support)..................... 33, 217

Halls of residence.................................................. 35-37

Careers....................................................................21-25 Catering.......................................................................37 Chaplaincy...................................................................47

I Independent Safeguarding Authority............ 217, 220

Classification of degrees................................. 206, 208

International Pathways and Language Centre (IPLC)............................13, 53

Clearing.........................................................................3

International students.................. 49-53, 214-215, 220

Clubs and societies.....................................................27 Computer Centre........................................................ 13 Counselling..................................................................41 Courses: index...........................................................232 Courses: structure.................................................7, 206 D Deposits..................................................................... 214 Disability and Dyslexia Service..................................45 Disabled students.... 23, 37, 45, 212-213, 217, 223, 226 Drama as a leisure activity.........................................15

J Jobs, part-time......................................................25, 55 Joint honours............................................................207 L Languages.................................................7, 13, 53, 209 League tables................................................................7 Learning facilities....................................................... 13 Library.......................................................................... 13 Location................................................. 31, 49, 226-229 London........................................................................31 London International College of Business and Technology (LIBT).............................53


231

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

Scholarships..................................................55, 214-215

M Maps.................................................................. 227-229

Brunel Alumni Scholarships........................... 55, 214

Mature students.......................................................220

International Scholarships................................... 215

Media (student radio and magazine).......................27

Music awards................................................... 15, 214

Media Services............................................................ 13

Regional Partnership Scholarships................ 55, 214

Medical care................................................................41

Sport scholarships........................................... 17, 214

Mentoring...................................................................23

Social life.....................................................................27

Modular course structure....................................7, 208

Sponsorship................................................211, 213, 217

Money matters............................................ 55, 212-215

Sport...................................................................... 17, 19

Music as a leisure activity...........................................15

Sport facilities............................................................. 17

Music tuition...............................................................15

Structure of courses.......................................... 206-207 Student loans...................................................... 55, 213

N National Student Survey..............................................7 Nightlife................................................................ 27, 31

Students’ Union.................................................... 27, 43 Study abroad...............................................................21 Study facilities............................................................. 13

O

Study support..............................................................39

Offers......................................................................... 217

Summary of terms............................................ 222-223

Officers of the University.........................................235 Open Days and Campus Tours..................... 3, 224-225 Overseas students.......................... 49-53, 214-215, 220 Overseas exchanges...................................................21

T Tariff points........................................................218-219 Teaching methods....................................................209 Travel and transport around Brunel......... 31, 226-229

P

Tuition fees.................................................. 55, 212, 214

Part-time applicants......................................... 207, 217

Tutor network.............................................................39

Part-time jobs........................................................25, 55 Placement and Careers Centre.....................21-25, 210 Professional accreditation..........................23, 210-211 Q

U UCAS.............................................................51, 216-221 Union of Brunel Students.................................... 27, 43 Uxbridge......................................................................31

Quality...........................................................................7 Research Assessment Exercise.................................9 University league tables...........................................7 R Regional Partnership Scholarships.................... 55, 214 Religious faith..................................................... 47, 223 Research quality............................................................9

V Vetting and Barring Scheme............................ 217, 220 Visual arts as a leisure activity...................................15 Volunteering...............................................................25 W West London Assessment Centre......................45, 213 Widening Participation.................. 23, 33, 47, 217, 223

S

WiFi.............................................................................. 13

Sandwich courses..........................21, 206-207, 210-211

Work placements....................21, 31, 206-207, 210-211


232

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

Course Index ANTHROPOLOGY Anthropology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich).......................... 58

COMMUNICATIONS: SEE MEDIA STUDIES; SCREEN MEDIA AND JOURNALISM

Anthropology and Sociology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)......................................................59

COMPUTING: SEE INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND COMPUTING

Psychology and Anthropology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)....................................................191

DESIGN

ARTS: SEE DRAMA; ENGLISH; MUSIC; SCREEN MEDIA AND JOURNALISM

Industrial Design and Technology BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................... 96 Product Design BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)....................... 98

BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

Product Design Engineering BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................... 98

Biomedical Sciences BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)..............136

Also available:

Biomedical Sciences (Biochemistry) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................136

Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................132

Biomedical Sciences (Forensic) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................136

Multimedia Technology and Design BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................130

Biomedical Sciences (Genetics) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................136

DRAMA

Biomedical Sciences (Human Health) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................136

Drama and English BA (FT and PT)....................................... 63

Biomedical Sciences (Immunology) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................136

Drama and Music BA (FT and PT)......................................... 63

See also: Health Studies; Social Care

Modern Drama Studies BA (FT and PT)................................ 62

BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT Business and Management BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................... 84 Business and Management (Accounting) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................... 84 Business and Management (eBusiness Systems) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................... 84 Business and Management (Marketing) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................... 84 * Business Studies and Sport Sciences BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................... 89

Drama and Film/TV BA (FT and PT)...................................... 63 Games Design and Drama BA (FT and PT)........................... 79

ECONOMICS AND FINANCE Business Economics BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...............102 Economics BSc (FT and thick-sandwich) .............................102 Economics and Business Finance BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................102 Economics and Management BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................103 Finance and Accounting BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................. 104 Politics and Economics BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).........187

Economics and Management BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................103

Also available:

International Business BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)........... 88

Financial Mathematics BSc/ + MMath (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................162

Mathematical and Management Studies BA (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................. 168 Mathematics and Statistics with Management BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................. 168 CIVIL ENGINEERING Civil Engineering with Sustainability BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich).....................................................92

Financial Computing BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)........... 154

EDUCATION Contemporary Education BA (FT)....................................... 108 Secondary Education and Physical Education BSc (FT)......110 Youth and Community Studies BA (PT)...............................113 Youth and Community Work BA (blended learning)....... 112


233

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING

HEALTH STUDIES

Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................132

Occupational Therapy BSc (FT and PT)................................138

Communication Networks Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................128

Specialist Community Public Health Nursing BSc (FT and PT)........................................................................ 146

Computer Systems Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................122

See also: Biomedical Sciences; Social Care

Electrical Engineering with Renewable Energy Systems MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)..........................121

HISTORY

Electronic and Electrical Engineering (E & EE) BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)..............................116

Politics and History BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...............187

E & EE (Communications Systems) BEng (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................116 Electronic and Computer Engineering MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................120 Electronic and Microelectronic Engineering BEng (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................118 Internet Engineering BEng (FT and thick-sandwich).........124

Physiotherapy BSc (FT and PT)............................................ 140

History BA (FT and thick-sandwich)................................... 184

INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND COMPUTING Computer Science BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................150 Computer Science (Artificial Intelligence) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................150 Computer Science (Digital Media and Games) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................150

Mobile Computing BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...............126

Computer Science (Network Computing) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................150

Multimedia Technology and Design BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................130

Computer Science (Software Engineering) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)............................................150

Also available:

Financial Computing BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)........... 154

Foundations of Engineering (FT)........................................ 204

Information Systems BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).............152

See also: Information Systems and Computing

Information Systems (Business) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................152

ENGINEERING: SEE civil engineering; DESIGN; ELECTRONIC AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING; MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Foundations of Engineering (FT)........................................ 204 ENGLISH

Information Systems (eCommerce) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................152 Information Systems (Human-Computer Interaction) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).......................152

Creative Writing BA (FT and PT)........................................... 64

Information Systems (Social Web) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................152

Drama and English BA (FT and PT)....................................... 63

Also available:

English BA (FT and PT)........................................................... 66

Foundations of Information Technology (FT)................... 205

English and Creative Writing BA (FT and PT)...................... 67

Mathematics and Computing BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................. 166

English and Film/TV BA (FT and PT)..................................... 67 English and Music BA (FT and PT)......................................... 67 Games Design and Creative Writing BA (FT and PT).......... 79

Mathematics with Computer Science BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................. 166

Games Design and English BA (FT and PT).......................... 79

See also: Electronic and Computer Engineering

See also: Screen Media and Journalism

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS: SEE HISTORY; POLITICS

FOUNDATION YEARS

LAW

Engineering (FT)................................................................... 204

Law LLB (FT and thick-sandwich).........................................158

Information Technology (FT).............................................. 205 MANAGEMENT: SEE BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT


234

Website

www.brunel.ac.uk

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES

MUSIC

Financial Mathematics BSc/ + MMath (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................162

Music BA (FT and PT)............................................................. 68

Mathematical and Management Studies BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................. 168

Musical Performance BMus (FT and PT)............................... 72

Mathematics BSc/ + MMath (FT and thick-sandwich)......... 164 Mathematics and Computing BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................. 166

Musical Composition BMus (FT and PT)................................70 Drama and Music BA (FT and PT)......................................... 63 English and Music BA (FT and PT)......................................... 67 Film/TV and Music BA (FT and PT)........................................ 77

Mathematics and Statistics with Management BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................. 168

Games Design and Music BA (FT and PT)............................. 79

Mathematics with Computer Science BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................. 166

Sonic Arts BA (FT and PT).......................................................74

Games Design and Sonic Arts BA (FT and PT)..................... 79

Also available:

POLITICS

Financial Computing BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)........... 154

International Politics BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)........... 186

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Politics and Economics BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).........187

Aerospace Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................172 Aviation Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................174 Aviation Engineering with Pilot Studies BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................174 Mechanical Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................176 Mechanical Engineering with Aeronautics BEng/ MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)........................................176 Mechanical Engineering with Automotive Design BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)..............................176 Mechanical Engineering with Building Services BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich)..............................176 Motorsport Engineering BEng/MEng (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................. 180

Politics BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)................................... 186 Politics and History BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...............187 Politics and Sociology BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...........187 PSYCHOLOGY Psychology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)............................. 190 Psychology and Anthropology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)....................................................191 Psychology and Sociology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)....................................................191 SCREEN MEDIA AND JOURNALISM Film and Television Studies BA (FT and PT)..........................76 Drama and Film/TV BA (FT and PT)...................................... 63 English and Film/TV BA (FT and PT)..................................... 67 Film/TV and Music BA (FT and PT)........................................ 77

Also Available:

Games Design and Creative Writing BA (FT and PT).......... 79

Foundations of Engineering (FT)........................................ 204

Games Design and Drama BA (FT and PT)........................... 79

MEDIA STUDIES Communication and Media Studies BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)................................................... 194 Sociology and Media Studies BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)....................................................197 Also available: Broadcast Media (Design and Technology) BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...................................................132

Games Design and English BA (FT and PT) ......................... 79 Games Design and Film/TV BA (FT and PT)......................... 79 Games Design and Music BA (FT and PT)............................. 79 Games Design and Sonic Arts BA (FT and PT)..................... 79 Journalism BA (FT and PT)..................................................... 80 SOCIAL CARE Social Work BA (FT)...............................................................142 Social Work BA (part-time employment route) (PT).........143 Specialist Social Work (Adults) BA/Grad Cert (PT)............ 144 Specialist Social Work (Children and Families) BA/Grad Cert (PT)............................................................ 144 See also: Biomedical Sciences; Social Care


235

Brunel University

Undergraduate Prospectus

SOCIAL SCIENCES: SEE ANTHROPOLOGY; ECONOMICS AND FINANCE; HISTORY; MEDIA STUDIES; POLITICS; PSYCHOLOGY; SOCIOLOGY SOCIOLOGY

Officers of the University Chancellor The Rt Hon The Lord Wakeham

Anthropology and Sociology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)......................................................59

Pro-Chancellor

Politics and Sociology BSc (FT and thick-sandwich)...........187

Sir Robert Balchin

Psychology and Sociology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich).....191 Sociology BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)................................ 196 Sociology and Media Studies BSc (FT and thin-sandwich)....................................................197 SPORT SCIENCES * Business Studies and Sport Sciences BSc (FT and thick-sandwich).................................................... 89

Vice-Chancellor and Principal Professor Chris Jenks Vice-Principal Professor Mansoor Sarhadi Pro-Vice-Chancellors Professor Steve Dixon (Development)

Sport Sciences BSc (FT and PT)............................................ 200

Professor Ian Campbell (External Relations)

Sport Sciences (Management of Sport Development) BSc (FT and PT)....................................... 200

Professor Geoff Rodgers (Research)

Sport Sciences (Coaching) BSc (FT and PT)........................ 200

Professor Ken Darby-Dowman (Strategy and Staff Development)

Sport Sciences (Human Performance) BSc (FT and PT)........................................................................ 200

Professor Rob Macredie (Student Experience)

Sport Sciences (Physical Education and Youth Sport) BSc (FT and PT)..................................................... 200

Credits

See also: Education

Editor Rachel Turvey, Publications Officer Photography Sally Trussler

Key BA/BSc/BEng/BMus/LLB Honours degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Science, Engineering, Music or Law Grad Cert Graduate Certificate

Neil Graveney Design Andrew Hill, Brunel University Press Printed by Sterling www.sterlingsolutions.co.uk

MEng Master of Engineering +

Approved in Principle

* Please note that this course’s title and typical modules may change following re-evaluation this year.

Our thanks, too, to all the staff, students, graduates, schools, hospitals, companies and organisations featured in this prospectus.

Copyright © Brunel University ISSN 1361-4975


Brunel University

Make your choice count

Undergraduate Prospectus 2011 B84 BRUNL

Printed by an ISO 14001 printer using vegetable based inks on FSC certified stock (50% recycled)


Undergraduate Prospectus 2011